IBM Tivoli Storage Manager for Windows Version Installation Guide

Transcription

1 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows Version Installation Guide

2

3 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows Version Installation Guide

4 Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in Notices on page 233. Second edition (September 2014) This edition applies to ersion 7, release 1, modification 1 of IBM Tioli Storage Manager (product numbers 5608-E01, 5608-E02, 5608-E03), and to all subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions. Copyright IBM Corporation 1993, US Goernment Users Restricted Rights Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.

5 Contents About this publication ii Who should read this guide ii Installable components ii Publications ix New for Tioli Storage Manager Version xi Part 1. Installing and upgrading the serer Chapter 1. Planning to install the Tioli Storage Manager serer What you should know first System requirements for the Tioli Storage Manager serer IBM Installation Manager Worksheets for planning details for the Tioli Storage Manager serer Capacity planning Estimating space requirements for the database.. 8 Recoery log space requirements Monitoring space utilization for the database and recoery logs Serer naming best practices Chapter 2. Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components Obtaining the Tioli Storage Manager installation package Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using the installation wizard Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode Installing Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode.. 33 Installing serer language packages Serer language locales Configuring a language package Updating a language package Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Creating the user ID and directories for the serer instance Configuring Tioli Storage Manager Configuring Tioli Storage Manager using the configuration wizard Configuring the serer instance manually Configuring serer options for serer database maintenance Starting the serer instance on Windows systems.. 50 Configuring the serer to start as a Windows serice Starting the serer as a Windows serice Manually creating and configuring a Windows serice Starting the serer in the foreground Stopping the serer Registering licenses Specifying a deice class in preparation for database backups Running multiple serer instances on a single system Monitoring the serer Chapter 4. Installing a Tioli Storage Manager serer fix pack Applying a fix pack to Tioli Storage Manager V7 in a clustered enironment Chapter 5. Upgrading to Tioli Storage Manager Version Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V Planning the upgrade Preparing the system Installing the V7.1.1 serer and erifying the upgrade Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 to V Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager in a clustered enironment Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 in a clustered enironment Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 to V7.1.1 in a clustered enironment Remoing GSKit Version 7 after upgrading to Tioli Storage Manager Version Chapter 6. Reerting from Version 7.1 to the preious V6 serer Steps for reerting to the preious serer ersion.. 81 Additional recoery steps if you created new storage pools or enabled data deduplication Reerting to the preious serer ersion in a cluster configuration Steps for reerting to the preious serer ersion 83 Chapter 7. Reference: DB2 commands for Tioli Storage Manager serer databases Chapter 8. Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager by using a graphical wizard Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2014 iii

6 Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager in console mode Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode 90 Uninstalling and reinstalling Tioli Storage Manager 91 Part 2. Installing and upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Planning to install Installation scenarios System requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager IBM Installation Manager Capacity planning Installation worksheet Installation checklist Bypassing the prerequisites Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Obtaining the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Install wizard Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode Installing the monitoring agent Installing the monitoring agent on remote serers Windows: Installing and deploying monitoring agents in an existing Tioli Monitoring enironment Creating and configuring the agent instance Creating and configuring the agent instance on Windows systems Installing Jazz for Serice Management Installing Jazz for Serice Management on Windows Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports Starting the Jazz for Serice Management serice 130 Verifying the installation Taking the first steps after installation Running a Cognos report Configuring agents and serices Configuring summarization and pruning settings Manually configuring the Tioli Enterprise Portal serer Manually configuring the Warehouse Proxy agent Manually configuring the Warehouse Summarization and Pruning agent Managing secure communications Disabling earlier Transport Layer Security ersions Configuring Secure Sockets Layer communication Enabling the NIST SP A security standard 143 Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to Version Upgrade scenarios Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from Version 6.3 to Version Exporting IBM Tioli Monitoring data Importing IBM Tioli Monitoring data Saing the agent instance configurations Importing the agent instance configuration Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Obtaining the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Upgrade wizard Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode. 160 Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode Upgrading the monitoring agent Upgrading the operating system Chapter 11. Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from one system to another Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 to V7.1, or later on another system. 165 Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later to another system Chapter 12. Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 167 Uninstalling Jazz for Serice Management Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using IBM Installation Manager Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Uninstall wizard Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using silent mode Uninstalling monitoring agents Uninstalling monitoring agents by using IBM Installation Manager Uninstalling monitoring agents in an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment Part 3. Installing and upgrading the Operations Center i IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

7 Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center System requirements for the Operations Center Operations Center computer requirements Hub and spoke serer requirements Operating system requirements Web browser requirements Language requirements Requirements and limitations for Tioli Storage Manager client management serices Administrator IDs that the Operations Center requires IBM Installation Manager Installation checklist Chapter 14. Installing the Operations Center Obtaining the Operations Center installation package Installing the Operations Center by using a graphical wizard Installing the Operations Center in console mode 190 Installing the Operations Center in silent mode Chapter 15. Upgrading the Operations Center Installing the client management serice in silent mode Verifying that the client management serice is installed correctly Configuring the Operations Center to use the client management serice Starting and stopping the client management serice Uninstalling the client management serice Configuring the client management serice for custom client installations Chapter 17. Uninstalling the Operations Center Uninstalling the Operations Center by using a graphical wizard Uninstalling the Operations Center in console mode Uninstalling the Operations Center in silent mode 222 Chapter 18. Rolling back to a preious ersion of the Operations Center Part 4. Appendixes Appendix A. Installation log files Chapter 16. Getting started with the Operations Center Configuring the Operations Center Designating the hub serer Adding a spoke serer Sending alerts to administrators Adding customized text to the login screen Configuring for SSL communication Configuring for SSL communication between the Operations Center and the hub serer Configuring for SSL communication between the hub serer and a spoke serer Resetting the password for the Operations Center truststore file Starting and stopping the web serer Collecting diagnostic information with Tioli Storage Manager client management serices Installing the client management serice by using a graphical wizard Appendix B. Serices associated with the Tioli Storage Manager serer Appendix C. Accessibility features for the Tioli Storage Manager product family Notices Trademarks Priacy policy considerations Glossary Index Contents

8 i IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

9 About this publication Who should read this guide Installable components This publication contains installation and configuration instructions for the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer, serer languages, and other Tioli Storage Manager components. Instructions for installing the Tioli Storage Manager license, deice drier, storage agent, Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, and the IBM Tioli Storage Manager Operations Center are also included in this publication. This publication is intended for a system administrator installing and configuring a Version Tioli Storage Manager serer, Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, the Operations Center, or upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager Version 6. If you are upgrading an existing 5.5.x Tioli Storage Manager serer to Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1.1, see the Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers. If you are upgrading a Tioli Storage Manager Version 6.1, Version 6.2, or Version 6.3 serer to a newer ersion, see Chapter 5, Upgrading to Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1.1, on page 65. If you are upgrading an existing Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1 serer to a later leel of Version 7.1, see Chapter 4, Installing a Tioli Storage Manager serer fix pack, on page 59. If you are installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, see Chapter 9, Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, on page 95. If you are upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, see Chapter 10, Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to Version 7.1, on page 147. If you are installing or upgrading the Operations Center, see Part 3, Installing and upgrading the Operations Center, on page 173. The IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer and licenses are required components. You can install the following components for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1 or later. Tioli Storage Manager serer Tioli Storage Manager serer languages Tioli Storage Manager licenses Tioli Storage Manager deices Tioli Storage Manager storage agent Tioli Storage Manager Operations Center Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2014 ii

10 Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager must not be installed on any system that contains a Tioli Storage Manager serer instance. Table 1 describes all the installable components. These components are in seeral different installation packages. Table 1. Tioli Storage Manager installable components Tioli Storage Description Additional information Manager component Serer (required) Includes the database, GSKit, and tools to help you configure and manage Tioli Storage Manager. See Chapter 2, Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components, on page 29. Language package (optional) Licenses (required) Deices (optional) Storage agent (optional) Operations Center (optional) Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager (optional) Each language package (one for each language) contains language-specific information for the serer. Includes support for all Tioli Storage Manager licensed features. After you install this package, you must configure the licenses you purchased. Extends Tioli Storage Manager media management capability. Installs the component that allows client systems to write data directly to, or read data directly from, storage deices that are attached to a storage area network (SAN). Remember: The IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks is a separately licensed product. Installs the Operations Center, which is a web-based interface for managing your storage enironment. Proides reports and real time monitoring information about Tioli Storage Manager serers and client actiity. Tip: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is on a separate DVD. See Installing serer language packages on page 35. Use the REGISTER LICENSE command. A list of deices that are supported by this drier is aailable from the Tioli Storage Manager website. See Software/Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager. For more information about storage agents, see Tioli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks ( support/knowledgecenter/sssqzw_7.1.1/ com.ibm.itsm.sta.doc/c_oeriew.html). See Part 3, Installing and upgrading the Operations Center, on page 173. See Chapter 9, Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, on page 95. iii IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

11 Publications The Tioli Storage Manager product family includes IBM Tioli Storage FlashCopy Manager, IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Space Management, IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Databases, and seeral other storage management products from IBM Tioli. To iew IBM product documentation, see knowledgecenter/. About this publication ix

12 x IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

13 New for Tioli Storage Manager Version Many installation-related features in IBM Tioli Storage Manager V7.1.1 are new for Tioli Storage Manager users. These changes affect the Tioli Storage Manager serer, the Operations Center, the Administration Center, Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, and the upgrade to V For a complete list of new V7.1.1 features, see IBM Knowledge Center. IBM Installation Manager In Tioli Storage Manager V7.1.1, the serer, Operations Center, and Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager use IBM Installation Manager to install or update software. If the required ersion of IBM Installation Manager is not already installed, it is automatically installed or upgraded when you install the Tioli Storage Manager serer, Operations Center, and Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. It must remain installed on the system so that the serer, Operations Center, and Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager can be updated or uninstalled later as needed. Operations Center updates Restriction: The Operations Center cannot be installed on HP-UX or Oracle Solaris systems. Howeer, you can use the Operations Center to manage Tioli Storage Manager V6.3.4 or later serers that run on HP-UX or Oracle Solaris systems. You can now complete the following tasks through the Operations Center: Naigation, customization, and reporting Alerts Use improed linking to naigate between pages of the Operations Center more easily Use adanced filters to construct custom iews of table data Bookmark and use shared links to commonly accessed web pages Customize the Operations Center login page to include text that you proide Configure daily reports on client coerage and serer status If you hae a Tioli Storage Manager Suite for Unified Recoery license, compare the amount of data you are managing with what your entitlement allows Add an alert by specifying the message that triggers the alert Select which administrators receie notifications for an alert Change the category for an alert Delete an alert definition for a message, so the message no longer triggers an alert Clients View client schedules Add client schedules Copyright IBM Corp. 1993, 2014 xi

14 Modify client schedules Serices Properties of the policy domain, such as the default management class and the retention grace period The files and related objects that were examined and expired oer the preious two weeks The actie policy set for the policy domain Serers You can now iew maintenance schedules from the Serers page. Storage Pools Manually migrate storage pool data Manually reclaim storage pool space View the following storage pool details: Properties of the storage pool, such as the deice class and utilization The storage pool capacity that was used oer the preious two weeks Volumes that are assigned to the storage pool Edit certain storage pool properties Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager aailability IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is deliered with V You can use Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1 with any Tioli Storage Manager V7.1 or later serer. Administration Center aailability Although the Tioli Storage Manager Administration Center is not deliered with V7.1 or later ersions, you can instead use the Operations Center, which is a web-based interface for managing your storage enironment. You can use the V6.3.4 Administration Center with any Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 or later serer, including to automatically update backup-archie clients. For more information about the Tioli Storage Manager Administration Center, see the V6.3 IBM Knowledge Center. xii IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

15 Part 1. Installing and upgrading the serer Install and upgrade the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Before you begin Planning to install Installing components Taking the first steps Figure 1. As highlighted in the figure, you are in the planning to install the Tioli Storage Manager serer section. Reiew this section carefully to ensure that you hae the system and other requirements needed to install Tioli Storage Manager. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

16 2 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

17 Chapter 1. Planning to install the Tioli Storage Manager serer Install the Tioli Storage Manager serer software on the computer that manages storage deices and install the Tioli Storage Manager client software on eery workstation that transfers data to Tioli Storage Manager serer-managed storage. About this task Tioli Storage Manager serer maintenance releases, client software, and publications are aailable from the Tioli Storage Manager website at Tioli_Storage_Manager. Allow approximately minutes to install a Tioli Storage Manager Version serer, using this guide. An upgrade from V6.1.x, V6.2.x, or V6.3.x to V7.1.1 takes approximately minutes. Your enironment might produce different results than that obtained in the labs. The following figure illustrates the main parts for installing a new Tioli Storage Manager serer. Planning Preiew and erify serer requirements Installing Select a method to install the software First steps Configure and start the serer, register licenses, prepare for backups What you should know first Before installing IBM Tioli Storage Manager, be familiar with your operating systems, storage deices, communication protocols, and system configurations. Table 2. Upgrade information To upgrade from this ersion To this ersion See this information V7.1 V7.1 fix pack or interim fix Chapter 4, Installing a Tioli Storage Manager serer fix pack, on page 59 V6.2 or V6.3 V7.1.1 Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 on page 66 V6.1 V7.1.1 Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 to V7.1.1 on page 74 Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

18 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 2. Upgrade information (continued) To upgrade from this ersion To this ersion See this information V5 V7.1.1 Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers Restriction: You cannot install and run the Version serer on a system that already has DB2 installed on it, whether DB2 was installed by itself or as part of some other application. The Version serer requires the installation and use of the DB2 ersion that is packaged with the Version serer. No other ersion of DB2 can exist on the system. You can install the Tioli Storage Manager serer on a domain controller. The Tioli Storage Manager serer can hae heay processor usage, howeer, and that might affect and stall other applications. Experienced DB2 administrators can choose to perform adanced SQL queries and use DB2 tools to monitor the database. Do not, howeer, use DB2 tools to change DB2 configuration settings from those that are preset by Tioli Storage Manager, or alter the DB2 enironment for Tioli Storage Manager in other ways, such as with other products. The Tioli Storage Manager Version serer has been built and tested extensiely using the data definition language (DDL) and database configuration that Tioli Storage Manager deploys. Attention: Do not alter the DB2 software that is installed with Tioli Storage Manager installation packages and fix packs. Do not install or upgrade to a different ersion, release, or fix pack of DB2 software because doing so can damage the database. System requirements for the Tioli Storage Manager serer The Tioli Storage Manager serer can require a large amount of memory, network bandwidth, and processor resources. In many cases, the serer performs best when other applications are not installed on the same system. Hardware and software requirements for the Tioli Storage Manager serer installation These tables list the minimum hardware and software requirements for the installation of a Tioli Storage Manager serer. Use these requirements as a starting point. You can find the most current information about system requirements at Tioli Storage Manager Supported Operating Systems. See IBM Tioli Storage Manager Optimizing Performance ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.perf.doc/ c_howtouseinfo.html) for serer configuration guidelines and best practices. Hardware requirements Table 3 on page 5 describes the minimum hardware requirements that are needed for your Tioli Storage Manager Windows system. The installation fails if you do not hae the minimum requirements. For more details about planning disk space, see Capacity planning on page 8. 4 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

19 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 3. Hardware requirements Type of hardware Hardware requirements Hardware An AMD64 or Intel EMT-64 processor Disk Space The following minimum alues for disk space: At least 5 GB of free disk storage (for a typical installation) 60 MB in the temporary directory space 2 GB partition size in the C:\ drie 300 MB in the instance directory 2 GB for the shared resources area Significant additional disk space is required for database and log files. The size of the database depends on the number of client files to be stored and the method by which the serer manages them. The default actie log space is 16 GB, the minimum that is needed for most workloads and configurations. When you create the actie log, you need at least 64 GB in size to run replication. If replication and deduplication are both being used, create an actie log of 128 GB in size. Allocate at least three times the default actie log space for the archie log (48 GB). Ensure that you hae sufficient resources if you are using data deduplication or expect a heay client workload. For optimal performance and to facilitate I/O, specify at least two equally sized containers or Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) for the database. See IBM Tioli Storage Manager Optimizing Performance ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.perf.doc/ c_howtouseinfo.html) for more information about the configuration of directories for the database. In addition, each actie log and archie log should hae its own container or LUN. Memory Ensure that you see the capacity planning section for more details about disk space. The following minimum alues for memory: 12 GB. 16 GB if you are using data deduplication. At least 32 GB for heaily used serers. Using 32 GB or more of memory enhances performance of the Tioli Storage Manager serer database inentory. If you plan to run multiple instances, each instance requires the memory listed for one serer. Multiply the memory for one serer by the number of instances planned for the system. If you plan to use node replication without data deduplication, the system requires 32 GB of memory. Node replication with data deduplication requires a minimum of 64 GB of memory. Software requirements Table 4 on page 6 describes the minimum software requirements that are needed for your Tioli Storage Manager Windows system. Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 5

20 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 4. Software requirements Type of software Minimum software requirements Operating system Communication protocol Deice driers One of the following operating systems: Microsoft Windows Serer 2008 R2: Standard, Enterprise, or Datacenter Edition (64-bit) Microsoft Windows Serer 2012 (64-bit) Microsoft Windows Serer 2012 R2 (64-bit) At least one of the following communication protocols (installed by default with the current Windows operating systems): Named Pipes TCP/IP Version 4 or Version 6 The Tioli Storage Manager passthru deice drier that is required for non-ibm dries and tape libraries. The Windows natie deice drier is recommended for tape dries and tape libraries. Otherwise, the Tioli Storage Manager kernel deice drier can be used. For the IBM 3590, 3592, or the Ultrium tape library or dries, the IBM deice driers are required. Install the most current deice driers. You can locate IBM drier packages at the Fix Central website: Other software Configure the deice driers before you use the Tioli Storage Manager serer with tape deices. Windows 2012 requires that.net Framework 3.5 is installed and enabled. The following User Account Control policies must be disabled: User Account Control: Admin Approal Mode for the Built-in Administrator account User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approal Mode IBM Installation Manager Tioli Storage Manager uses IBM Installation Manager, which is an installation program that can use remote or local software repositories to install or update many IBM products. If the required ersion of IBM Installation Manager is not already installed, it is automatically installed or upgraded when you install Tioli Storage Manager. It must remain installed on the system so that Tioli Storage Manager can be updated or uninstalled later as needed. The following list contains explanations of some terms that are used in IBM Installation Manager: Offering An installable unit of a software product. The Tioli Storage Manager offering contains all of the media that IBM Installation Manager requires to install Tioli Storage Manager. Package The group of software components that are required to install an offering. 6 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

21 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer The Tioli Storage Manager package contains the following components: IBM Installation Manager installation program Tioli Storage Manager offering Package group A set of packages that share a common parent directory. The default package group for the Tioli Storage Manager package is IBM Installation Manager. Repository A remote or local storage area for data and other application resources. The Tioli Storage Manager package is stored in a repository on IBM Fix Central. Shared resources directory A directory that contains software files or plug-ins that are shared by packages. IBM Installation Manager stores installation-related files in the shared resources directory, including files that are used for rolling back to a preious ersion of Tioli Storage Manager. Worksheets for planning details for the Tioli Storage Manager serer You can use the worksheets to help you plan the amount and location of storage needed for the Tioli Storage Manager serer. You can also use them to keep track of names and user IDs. Restriction: If you are using a File Allocation Table (FAT or FAT32) file system format, you cannot specify the root directory of that system as the location of a database directory or log directory. Instead, you must create one or more subdirectories within the root directory. Then, create the database directories and log directories within the subdirectories. See IBM Tioli Storage Manager Optimizing Performance ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.perf.doc/ c_howtouseinfo.html) for serer configuration guidelines and best practices. Item Space required Number of directories Location of directories The database Actie log Archie log Optional: Log mirror for the actie log Optional: Secondary archie log (failoer location for archie log) Item Names and user IDs Location The instance user ID for the serer, which is the ID you use to start and run the Tioli Storage Manager serer Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 7

22 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Item Names and user IDs Location The home directory for the serer, which is the directory that contains the instance user ID The database instance name The instance directory for the serer, which is a directory that contains files specifically for this serer instance (the serer options file and other serer-specific files) Serer name, use a unique name for each serer Capacity planning Capacity planning for Tioli Storage Manager includes managing resources such as the database and recoery log. To maximize resources as part of capacity planning, you must estimate space requirements for the database and the recoery log. Procedure For information about the benefits of deduplication and guidance on how to make effectie use of the Tioli Storage Manager deduplication feature, see Optimizing Performance. Estimating space requirements for the database To estimate space requirements for the database, you can use the maximum number of files that can be in serer storage at one time or you can use storage pool capacity. About this task Consider using at least 25 GB for the initial database space. Proision file system space appropriately. A database size of 25 GB is adequate for a test enironment or a library-manager-only enironment. For a production serer supporting client workloads, the database size is expected to be larger. If you use random-access disk (DISK) storage pools, more database and log storage space is needed than for sequential-access storage pools. The maximum size of the Tioli Storage Manager database is 4 TB. For information about sizing the database in a production enironment that is based on the number of files and on storage pool size, see the following topics. 8 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

23 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Estimating database space requirements based on the number of files If you can estimate the maximum number of files that might be in serer storage at a time, you can use that number to estimate space requirements for the database. About this task To estimate space requirements that is based on the maximum number of files in serer storage, use the following guidelines: bytes for each stored ersion of a file, including image backups. Restriction: The guideline does not include space that is used during data deduplication bytes for each cached file, copy storage pool file, actie-data pool file, and deduplicated file. Additional space is required for database optimization to support arying data-access patterns and to support serer back-end processing of the data. The amount of extra space is equal to 50% of the estimate for the total number of bytes for file objects. In the following example for a single client, the calculations are based on the maximum alues in the preceding guidelines. The examples do not take into account that you might use file aggregation. In general, when you aggregate small files, it reduces the amount of required database space. File aggregation does not affect space-managed files. Procedure 1. Calculate the number of file ersions. Add each of the following alues to obtain the number of file ersions: a. Calculate the number of backed-up files. For example, as many as 500,000 client files might be backed up at a time. In this example, storage policies are set to keep up to three copies of backed up files: 500,000 files * 3 copies = 1,500,000 files b. Calculate the number of archie files. For example, as many as 100,000 client files might be archied copies. c. Calculate the number of space-managed files. For example, as many as 200,000 client files might be migrated from client workstations. Using 1000 bytes per file, the total amount of database space that is required for the files that belong to the client is 1.8 GB: (1,500, , ,000) * 1000 = 1.8 GB 2. Calculate the number of cached files, copy storage-pool files, actie-data pool files, and deduplicated files: a. Calculate the number of cached copies. For example, caching is enabled in a 5 GB disk storage pool. The high migration threshold of the pool is 90% and the low migration threshold of the pool is 70%. Thus, 20% of the disk pool, or 1 GB, is occupied by cached files. If the aerage file size is about 10 KB, approximately 100,000 files are in cache at any one time: 100,000 files * 200 bytes = 19 MB b. Calculate the number of copy storage-pool files. All primary storage pools are backed up to the copy storage pool: (1,500, , ,000) * 200 bytes = 343 MB Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 9

24 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer c. Calculate the number of actie storage-pool files. All the actie client-backup data in primary storage pools is copied to the actie-data storage pool. Assume that 500,000 ersions of the 1,500,000 backup files in the primary storage pool are actie: 500,000 * 200 bytes = 95 MB d. Calculate the number of deduplicated files. Assume that a deduplicated storage pool contains 50,000 files: 50,000 * 200 bytes = 10 MB Based on the preceding calculations, about 0.5 GB of extra database space is required for the client s cached files, copy storage-pool files, actie-data pool files, and deduplicated files. 3. Calculate the amount of extra space that is required for database optimization. To proide optimal data access and management by the serer, extra database space is required. The amount of extra database space is equal to 50% of the total space requirements for file objects. ( ) * 50% = 1.2 GB 4. Calculate the total amount of database space that is required for the client. The total is approximately 3.5 GB: = 3.5 GB 5. Calculate the total amount of database space that is required for all clients. If the client that was used in the preceding calculations is typical and you hae 500 clients, for example, you can use the following calculation to estimate the total amount of database space that is required for all clients: 500 * 3.5 = 1.7 TB Results Tip: In the preceding examples, the results are estimates. The actual size of the database might differ from the estimate because of factors such as the number of directories and the length of the path and file names. Periodically monitor your database and adjust its size as necessary. What to do next During normal operations, the Tioli Storage Manager serer might require temporary database space. This space is needed for the following reasons: To hold the results of sorting or ordering that are not already being kept and optimized in the database directly. The results are temporarily held in the database for processing. To gie administratie access to the database through one of the following methods: A DB2 open database connectiity (ODBC) client An Oracle Jaa database connectiity (JDBC) client Structured Query Language (SQL) to the serer from an administratie-client command line Consider using an extra 50 GB of temporary space for eery 500 GB of space for file objects and optimization. See the guidelines in the following table. In the example that is used in the preceding step, a total of 1.7 TB of database space is required for file objects and optimization for 500 clients. Based on that calculation, 200 GB is required for temporary space. The total amount of required database space is 1.9 TB. 10 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

25 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Database size Minimum temporary-space requirement < 500 GB 50 GB 500GBand<1TB 100GB 1 TB and < 1.5 TB 150 GB 1.5and<2TB 200GB 2and<3TB GB 3and<4TB GB Estimating database space requirements based on storage pool capacity To estimate database space requirements based on storage pool capacity, use a ratio of 1-5%. For example, if you require 200 TB of storage pool capacity, the size of your database is expected to be 2-10 TB. As a general rule, make your database as large as possible to preent running out of space. If you run out of database space, serer operations and client-store operations can fail. The database manager and temporary space The Tioli Storage Manager serer database manager manages and allocates system memory and disk space for the database. The amount of database space you require depends on the amount of system memory aailable and the serer workload. The database manager sorts data in a specific sequence, according to the SQL statement that you issue to request the data. Depending on the workload on the serer, and if there is more data than the database manager can manage, the data (that is ordered in sequence) is allocated to temporary disk space. Data is allocated to temporary disk space when there is a large result set. The database manager dynamically manages the memory that is used when data is allocated to temporary disk space. For example, expiration processing can produce a large result set. If there is not enough system memory on the database to store the result set, some of the data is allocated to temporary disk space. During expiration processing, if a node or file space are selected that are too large to process, the database manager cannot sort the data in memory. The database manager must use temporary space to sort data. To run database operations, consider adding more database space for the following scenarios: The database has a small amount of space and the serer operation that requires temporary space uses the remaining free space. The file spaces are large, or the file spaces has a policy that is assigned to it, which creates many file ersions. The Tioli Storage Manager serer must run with limited memory. The database uses the Tioli Storage Manager serer main memory to run database operations. Howeer, if there is insufficient memory aailable, the Tioli Storage Manager serer allocates temporary space on disk to the database. For example, if 10G of memory is aailable and database operations require 12G of memory, the database uses temporary space. An out of database space error is displayed when you deploy a Tioli Storage Manager V6 serer. Monitor the serer actiity log for messages that are related to database space. Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 11

26 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Important: Do not change the DB2 software that is installed with the Tioli Storage Manager installation packages and fix packs. Do not install or upgrade to a different ersion, release, or fix pack, of DB2 software to aoid damage to the database. Recoery log space requirements In Tioli Storage Manager, the term recoery log comprises the actie log, the archie log, the actie log mirror, and the archie failoer log. The amount of space that you require for the recoery log depends on arious factors, including, for example, the amount of client actiity with the serer. Actie and archie log space When you estimate space requirements for actie and archie logs, include some extra space for contingencies such as occasional heay workloads and failoers. In Tioli Storage Manager serers V6.1 and later, the actie log can be a maximum size of 128 GB. The archie log size is limited to the size of the file system that it is installed on. Use the following general guidelines when you estimate the size of the actie log: The suggested starting size for the actie log is 16 GB. Ensure that the actie log is at least large enough for the amount of concurrent actiity that the serer typically handles. As a precaution, try to anticipate the largest amount of work that the serer manages at one time. Proision the actie log with extra space that can be used if needed. Consider using 20% of extra space. Monitor used and aailable actie log space. Adjust the size of the actie log as needed, depending upon factors such as client actiity and the leel of serer operations. Ensure that the directory that holds the actie log is as large as, or larger than, the size of the actie log. A directory that is larger than the actie log can accommodate failoers, if they occur. Ensure that the file system that contains the actie log directory has at least 8 GB of free space for temporary log moement requirements. The suggested starting size for the archie log is 48 GB. The archie log directory must be large enough to contain the log files that are generated since the preious full backup. For example, if you perform a full backup of the database eery day, the archie log directory must be large enough to hold the log files for all the client actiity that occurs during 24 hours. To recoer space, the serer deletes obsolete archie log files after a full backup of the database. If the archie log directory becomes full and a directory for archie failoer logs does not exist, log files remain in the actie log directory. This condition can cause the actie log directory to fill up and stop the serer. When the serer restarts, some of the existing actie-log space is released. After the serer is installed, you can monitor archie log utilization and the space in the archie log directory. If the space in the archie log directory fills up, it can cause the following problems: The serer is unable to perform full database backups. Inestigate and resole this problem. Other applications write to the archie log directory, exhausting the space that is required by the archie log. Do not share archie log space with other 12 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

27 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer applications including other Tioli Storage Manager serers. Ensure that each serer has a separate storage location that is owned and managed by that specific serer. For guidance about the layout and tuning of the actie log and archie log, see Optimizing Performance. Example: Estimating actie and archie log sizes for basic client-store operations: Basic client-store operations include backup, archie, and space management. Log space must be sufficient to handle all store transactions that are in progress at one time. To determine the sizes of the actie and archie logs for basic client-store operations, use the following calculation: number of clients x files stored during each transaction x log space needed for each file This calculation is used in the example in the following table. Table 5. Basic client-store operations Example Item alues Description Maximum number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files 300 The number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files eery night. concurrently at any time Files stored during each transaction 4096 The default alue of the serer option TXNGROUPMAX is Log space that is required for each file 3053 bytes The alue of 3053 bytes for each file in a transaction represents the log bytes that are needed when backing up files from a Windows client where the file names are bytes. This alue is based on the results of tests performed under laboratory conditions. The tests consisted of backup-archie clients performing backup operations to a random-access disk (DISK) storage pool. DISK pools result in more log use than sequential-access storage pools. Consider a alue larger than 3053 bytes if the data being stored has file names that are longer than bytes. Actie log: Suggested size 19.5 GB 1 Use the following calculation to determine the size of the actie log. One GB equals 1,073,741,824 bytes. (300 clients x 4096 files stored during each transaction x 3053 bytes for each file) 1,073,741,824 bytes = 3.5 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: = 19.5 GB Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 13

28 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 5. Basic client-store operations (continued) Item Example alues Description Archie log: Suggested size 58.5 GB 1 Because of the requirement to be able to store archie logs across three serer database-backup cycles, multiply the estimate for the actie log by 3 to estimate the total archie log requirement. 3.5 x 3 = 10.5 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: = 58.5 GB 1 The example alues in this table are used only to illustrate how the sizes for actie logs and archie logs are calculated. In a production enironment that does not use deduplication, 16 GB is the suggested minimum size for an actie log. The suggested minimum size for an archie log in a production enironment that does not use deduplication is 48 GB. If you substitute alues from your enironment and the results are larger than 16 GB and 48 GB, use your results to size the actie log and archie log. Monitor your logs and adjust their size if necessary. Example: Estimating actie and archie log sizes for clients that use multiple sessions: If the client option RESOURCEUTILIZATION is set to a alue that is greater than the default, the concurrent workload for the serer increases. To determine the sizes of the actie and archie logs when clients use multiple sessions, use the following calculation: number of clients x sessions for each client x files stored during each transaction x log space needed for each file This calculation is used in the example in the following table. Table 6. Multiple client sessions Item Example alues Description Maximum number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files concurrently at any time Possible sessions for each client Files stored during each transaction The number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files eery night. 3 3 The setting of the client option RESOURCEUTILIZATION is larger than the default. Each client session runs a maximum of three sessions in parallel The default alue of the serer option TXNGROUPMAX is IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

29 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 6. Multiple client sessions (continued) Item Example alues Description Log space that is required for each file The alue of 3053 bytes for each file in a transaction represents the log bytes needed when backing up files from a Windows client where the file names are bytes. This alue is based on the results of tests performed under laboratory conditions. Tests consisted of clients performing backup operations to a random-access disk (DISK) storage pool. DISK pools result in more log use than sequential-access storage pools. Consider a alue larger than 3053 bytes if the data being stored has file names that are longer than bytes. Actie log: Suggested size 26.5 GB 1 51 GB 1 The following calculation was used for 300 clients. One GB equals 1,073,741,824 bytes. (300 clients x 3 sessions for each client x 4096 files stored during each transaction x 3053 bytes for each file) 1,073,741,824 = 10.5 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: = 26.5 GB The following calculation was used for 1000 clients. One GB equals 1,073,741,824 bytes. (1000 clients x 3 sessions for each client x 4096 files store during each transaction x 3053 bytes for each file) 1,073,741,824 = 35 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: 35+16=51GB Archie log: Suggested size 79.5 GB GB 1 Because of the requirement to be able to store archie logs across three serer-database backup cycles, the estimate for the actie log is multiplied by 3: 10.5 x 3 = 31.5 GB 35x3=105GB Increase those amounts by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: = 79.5 GB = 153 GB 1 The example alues in this table are used only to illustrate how the sizes for actie logs and archie logs are calculated. In a production enironment that does not use deduplication, 16 GB is the suggested minimum size for an actie log. The suggested minimum size for an archie log in a production enironment that does not use deduplication is 48 GB. If you substitute alues from your enironment and the results are larger than 16 GB and 48 GB, use your results to size the actie log and archie log. Monitor your actie log and adjust its size if necessary. Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 15

30 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Example: Estimating actie and archie log sizes for simultaneous write operations: If client backup operations use storage pools that are configured for simultaneous write, the amount of log space that is required for each file increases. The log space that is required for each file increases by about 200 bytes for each copy storage pool that is used for a simultaneous write operation. In the example in the following table, data is stored to two copy storage pools in addition to a primary storage pool. The estimated log size increases by 400 bytes for each file. If you use the suggested alue of 3053 bytes of log space for each file, the total number of required bytes is This calculation is used in the example in the following table. Table 7. Simultaneous write operations Example Item alues Description Maximum number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files 300 The number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files eery night. concurrently at any time Files stored during each transaction 4096 The default alue of the serer option TXNGROUPMAX is Log space that is required for each file 3453 bytes 3053 bytes plus 200 bytes for each copy storage pool. The alue of 3053 bytes for each file in a transaction represents the log bytes that are needed when backing up files from a Windows client where the file names are bytes. This alue is based on the results of tests performed under laboratory conditions. The tests consisted of backup-archie clients performing backup operations to a random-access disk (DISK) storage pool. DISK pools result in more log use than sequential-access storage pools. Consider a alue larger than 3053 bytes if the data being stored has file names that are longer than bytes. Actie log: Suggested size 20 GB 1 Use the following calculation to determine the size of the actie log. One GB equals 1,073,741,824 bytes. (300 clients x 4096 files stored during each transaction x 3453 bytes for each file) 1,073,741,824 bytes = 4.0 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: 4+16=20GB Archie log: Suggested size 60 GB 1 Because of the requirement to be able to store archie logs across three serer database-backup cycles, multiply the estimate for the actie log by 3 to estimate the archie log requirement: 4 GB x 3 = 12 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: 12+48=60GB 16 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

31 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 7. Simultaneous write operations (continued) Item Example alues Description 1 The example alues in this table are used only to illustrate how the sizes for actie logs and archie logs are calculated. In a production enironment that does not use deduplication, 16 GB is the suggested minimum size for an actie log. The suggested minimum size for an archie log in a production enironment that does not use deduplication is 48 GB. If you substitute alues from your enironment and the results are larger than 16 GB and 48 GB, use your results to size the actie log and archie log. Monitor your logs and adjust their size if necessary. Example: Estimating actie and archie log sizes for basic client store operations and serer operations: Migration of data in serer storage, identification processes for data deduplication, reclamation, and expiration might run concurrently with client store operations. Administratie tasks such as administratie commands or SQL queries from administratie clients can also run concurrently with client store operations. Serer operations and administratie tasks that run concurrently can increase the actie log space that is required. For example, migration of files from the random-access (DISK) storage pool to a sequential-access disk (FILE) storage pool uses approximately 110 bytes of log space for each file that is migrated. For example, suppose that you hae 300 backup-archie clients and each one of them backs up 100,000 files eery night. The files are initially stored on DISK and then migrated to a FILE storage pool. To estimate the amount of actie log space that is required for the data migration, use the following calculation. The number of clients in the calculation represents the maximum number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files concurrently at any time. 300 clients x 100,000 files for each client x 110 bytes = 3.1 GB Add this alue to the estimate for the size of the actie log that calculated for basic client store operations. Example: Estimating actie and archie log sizes under conditions of extreme ariation: Problems with running out of actie log space can occur if you hae many transactions that complete quickly and some transactions that take much longer to complete. A typical case occurs when many workstation or file-serer backup sessions are actie and a few ery large database serer-backup sessions are actie. If this situation applies to your enironment, you might need to increase the size of the actie log so that the work completes successfully. Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 17

32 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Example: Estimating archie log sizes with full database backups: The Tioli Storage Manager serer deletes unnecessary files from the archie log only when a full database backup occurs. Consequently, when you estimate the space that is required for the archie log, you must also consider the frequency of full database backups. For example, if a full database backup occurs once a week, the archie log space must be able to contain the information in the archie log for a full week. The difference in archie log size for daily and full database backups is shown in the example in the following table. Table 8. Full database backups Example Item alues Description Maximum number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files 300 The number of client nodes that back up, archie, or migrate files eery night. concurrently at any time Files stored during each transaction 4096 The default alue of the serer option TXNGROUPMAX is Log space that is required for each file 3453 bytes 3053 bytes for each file plus 200 bytes for each copy storage pool. The alue of 3053 bytes for each file in a transaction represents the log bytes needed when backing up files from a Windows client where the file names are bytes. This alue is based on the results of tests performed under laboratory conditions. Tests consisted of clients performing backup operations to a random-access disk (DISK) storage pool. DISK pools result in more log use than sequential-access storage pools. Consider a alue larger than 3053 bytes if the data being stored has file names that are longer than bytes. Actie log: Suggested size 20 GB 1 Use the following calculation to determine the size of the actie log. One GB equals 1,073,741,824 bytes. (300 clients x 4096 files per transaction x 3453 bytes per file) 1,073,741,824 bytes = 4.0 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: Archie log: Suggested size with a full database backup eery day 4+16=20GB 60 GB 1 Because of the requirement to be able to store archie logs across three backup cycles, multiply the estimate for the actie log by 3 to estimate the total archie log requirement: 4GBx3=12GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: 12+48=60GB 18 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

33 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 8. Full database backups (continued) Item Archie log: Suggested size with a full database eery week Example alues Description 132 GB 1 Because of the requirement to be able to store archie logs across three serer database-backup cycles, multiply the estimate for the actie log by 3 to estimate the total archie log requirement. Multiply the result by the number of days between full database backups: (4GBx3)x7=84GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: = 132 GB 1 The example alues in this table are used only to illustrate how the sizes for actie logs and archie logs are calculated. In a production enironment that does not use deduplication, 16 GB is the suggested minimum size for an actie log. The suggested starting size for an archie log in a production enironment that does not use deduplication is 48 GB. If you substitute alues from your enironment and the results are larger than 16 GB and 48 GB, use your results to size the actie log and archie log. Monitor your logs and adjust their size if necessary. Example: Estimating actie and archie log sizes for data deduplication operations: If you deduplicate data, you must consider its effects on space requirements for actie and archie logs. The following factors affect requirements for actie and archie log space: The amount of deduplicated data The effect of data deduplication on the actie log and archie log space depends on the percentage of data that is eligible for deduplication. If the percentage of data that can be deduplicated is relatiely high, more log space is required. The size and number of extents Approximately 1,500 bytes of actie log space are required for each extent that is identified by a duplicate-identification process. For example, if 250,000 extents are identified by a duplicate-identification process, the estimated size of the actie log is 358 MB: 250,000 extents identified during each process x 1,500 bytes for each extent = 358 MB Consider the following scenario. Three hundred backup-archie clients back up 100,000 files each night. This actiity creates a workload of 30,000,000 files. The aerage number of extents for each file is two. Therefore, the total number of extents is 60,000,000, and the space requirement for the archie log is 84 GB: 60,000,000 extents x 1,500 bytes for each extent = 84 GB A duplicate-identification process operates on aggregates of files. An aggregate consists of files that are stored in a gien transaction, as specified by the TXNGROUPMAX serer option. Suppose that the TXNGROUPMAX serer option is set to the default of If the aerage number of extents for each file is two, the total number of extents in each aggregate is 8192, and the space required for the actie log is 12 MB: Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 19

34 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer 8192 extents in each aggregate x 1500 bytes for each extent = 12 MB The timing and number of the duplicate-identification processes The timing and number of duplicate-identification processes also affects the size of the actie log. Using the 12 MB actie-log size that was calculated in the preceding example, the concurrent load on the actie log is 120 MB if 10 duplicate-identification processes are running in parallel: 12 MB for each process x 10 processes = 120 MB File size Large files that are processed for duplicate identification can also affect the size of the actie log. For example, suppose that a backup-archie client backs up an 80 GB, file-system image. This object can hae a high number of duplicate extents if, for example, the files included in the file system image were backed up incrementally. For example, assume that a file system image has 1.2 million duplicate extents. The 1.2 million extents in this large file represent a single transaction for a duplicate-identification process. The total space in the actie log that is required for this single object is 1.7 GB: 1,200,000 extents x 1,500 bytes for each extent = 1.7 GB If other, smaller duplicate-identification processes occur at the same time as the duplicate-identification process for a single large object, the actie log might not hae enough space. For example, suppose that a storage pool is enabled for deduplication. The storage pool has a mixture of data, including many relatiely small files that range from 10 KB to seeral hundred KB. The storage pool also has few large objects that hae a high percentage of duplicate extents. To take into account not only space requirements but also the timing and duration of concurrent transactions, increase the estimated size of the actie log by a factor of two. For example, suppose that your calculations for space requirements are 25 GB (23.3 GB GB for deduplication of a large object). If deduplication processes are running concurrently, the suggested size of the actie log is 50 GB. The suggested size of the archie log is 150 GB. The examples in the following tables show calculations for actie and archie logs. The example in the first table uses an aerage size of 700 KB for extents. The example in the second table uses an aerage size of 256 KB. As the examples show, the aerage deduplicate-extent size of 256 KB indicates a larger estimated size for the actie log. To minimize or preent operational problems for the serer, use 256 KB to estimate the size of the actie log in your production enironment. Table 9. Aerage duplicate-extent size of 700 KB Item Example alues Description Size of largest single object to deduplicate Aerage size of extents 800 GB 4 TB The granularity of processing for deduplication is at the file leel. Therefore, the largest single file to deduplicate represents the largest transaction and a correspondingly large load on the actie and archie logs. 700 KB 700 KB The deduplication algorithms use a ariable block method. Not all deduplicated extents for a gien file are the same size, so this calculation assumes an aerage size for extents. 20 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

35 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 9. Aerage duplicate-extent size of 700 KB (continued) Item Example alues Description Extents for a gien file 1,198,372 bits 6,135,667 bits Using the aerage extent size (700 KB), these calculations represent the total number of extents for a gien object. The following calculation was used for an 800 GB object: (800 GB 700 KB) = 1,198,372 bits Actie log: Suggested size that is required for the deduplication of a single large object during a single duplicateidentification process Actie log: Suggested total size The following calculation was used for a 4 TB object: (4 TB 700 KB) = 6,135,667 bits 1.7 GB 8.6 GB The estimated actie log space that are needed for this transaction. 66 GB GB 1 After considering other aspects of the workload on the serer in addition to deduplication, multiply the existing estimate by a factor of two. In these examples, the actie log space required to deduplicate a single large object is considered along with preious estimates for the required actie log size. The following calculation was used for multiple transactions and an 800 GB object: (23.3 GB GB) x2=50gb Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: 50+16=66GB The following calculation was used for multiple transactions anda4tbobject: (23.3 GB GB) x2=63.8 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: Archie log: Suggested size = 79.8 GB 198 GB GB 1 Multiply the estimated size of the actie log by a factor of 3. The following calculation was used for multiple transactions and an 800 GB object: 50GBx3=150GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: = 198 GB The following calculation was used for multiple transactions anda4tbobject: 63.8 GB x 3 = GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: = GB Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 21

36 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 9. Aerage duplicate-extent size of 700 KB (continued) Item Example alues Description 1 The example alues in this table are used only to illustrate how the sizes for actie logs and archie logs are calculated. In a production enironment that uses deduplication, 32 GB is the suggested minimum size for an actie log. The suggested minimum size for an archie log in a production enironment that uses deduplication is 96 GB. If you substitute alues from your enironment and the results are larger than 32 GB and 96 GB, use your results to size the actie log and archie log. Monitor your logs and adjust their size if necessary. Table 10. Aerage duplicate-extent size of 256 KB Item Example alues Description Size of largest single object to deduplicate Aerage size of extents Extents for a gien file 800 GB 4 TB The granularity of processing for deduplication is at the file leel. Therefore, the largest single file to deduplicate represents the largest transaction and a correspondingly large load on the actie and archie logs. 256 KB 256 KB The deduplication algorithms use a ariable block method. Not all deduplicated extents for a gien file are the same size, so this calculation assumes an aerage extent size. 3,276,800 bits 16,777,216 bits Using the aerage extent size, these calculations represent the total number of extents for a gien object. The following calculation was used for multiple transactions and an 800 GB object: (800 GB 256 KB) = 3,276,800 bits The following calculation was used for multiple transactions anda4tbobject: Actie log: Suggested size that is required for the deduplication of a single large object during a single duplicateidentification process (4 TB 256 KB) = 16,777,216 bits 4.5 GB 23.4 GB The estimated size of the actie log space that is required for this transaction. 22 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

37 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 10. Aerage duplicate-extent size of 256 KB (continued) Item Example alues Description Actie log: Suggested total size 71.6 GB GB 1 After considering other aspects of the workload on the serer in addition to deduplication, multiply the existing estimate by a factor of 2. In these examples, the actie log space required to deduplicate a single large object is considered along with preious estimates for the required actie log size. The following calculation was used for multiple transactions and an 800 GB object: (23.3 GB GB) x2=55.6 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: = 71.6 GB The following calculation was used for multiple transactions anda4tbobject: (23.3 GB GB) x2=93.4 GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 16 GB: Archie log: Suggested size = GB GB GB 1 The estimated size of the actie log multiplied by a factor of 3. The following calculation was used for an 800 GB object: 55.6 GB x 3 = GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: = GB The following calculation was used for a4tbobject: 93.4 GB x3 = GB Increase that amount by the suggested starting size of 48 GB: = GB 1 The example alues in this table are used only to illustrate how the sizes for actie logs and archie logs are calculated. In a production enironment that uses deduplication, 32 GB is the suggested minimum size for an actie log. The suggested minimum size for an archie log in a production enironment that uses deduplication is 96 GB. If you substitute alues from your enironment and the results are larger than 32 GB and 96 GB, use your results to size the actie log and archie log. Monitor your logs and adjust their size if necessary. Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 23

38 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Actie-log mirror space The actie log can be mirrored so that the mirrored copy can be used if the actie log files cannot be read. There can be only one actie log mirror. Creating a log mirror is a suggested option. If you increase the size of the actie log, the log mirror size is increased automatically. Mirroring the log can affect performance because of the doubled I/O actiity that is required to maintain the mirror. The additional space that the log mirror requires is another factor to consider when deciding whether to create a log mirror. If the mirror log directory becomes full, the serer issues error messages to the actiity log and to the db2diag.log. Serer actiity continues. Archie-failoer log space The archie failoer log is used by the serer if the archie log directory runs out of space. Specifying an archie failoer log directory can preent problems that occur if the archie log runs out of space. If both the archie log directory and the drie or file system where the archie failoer log directory is located become full, the data remains in the actie log directory. This condition can cause the actie log to fill up, which causes the serer to halt. Monitoring space utilization for the database and recoery logs To determine the amount of used and aailable actie log space, you issue the QUERY LOG command. To monitor space utilization in the database and recoery logs, you can also check the actiity log for messages. Actie log If the amount of aailable actie log space is too low, the following messages are displayed in the actiity log: ANR4531I: IC_AUTOBACKUP_LOG_USED_SINCE_LAST_BACKUP_TRIGGER This message is displayed when the actie log space exceeds the maximum specified size. The Tioli Storage Manager serer starts a full database backup. To change the maximum log size, halt the serer. Open the dsmser.opt file, and specify a new alue for the ACTIVELOGSIZE option. When you are finished, restart the serer. ANR0297I: IC_BACKUP_NEEDED_LOG_USED_SINCE_LAST_BACKUP This message is displayed when the actie log space exceeds the maximum specified size. You must back up the database manually. To change the maximum log size, halt the serer. Open the dsmser.opt file, and specify a new alue for the ACTIVELOGSIZE option. When you are finished, restart the serer. ANR4529I: IC_AUTOBACKUP_LOG_UTILIZATION_TRIGGER The ratio of used actie-log space to aailable actie-log space exceeds the log utilization threshold. If at least one full database backup has occurred, the Tioli Storage Manager serer starts an incremental database backup. Otherwise, the serer starts a full database backup. 24 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

39 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer ANR0295I: IC_BACKUP_NEEDED_LOG_UTILIZATION The ratio of used actie-log space to aailable actie-log space exceeds the log utilization threshold. You must back up the database manually. Archie log If the amount of aailable archie log space is too low, the following message is displayed in the actiity log: ANR0299I: IC_BACKUP_NEEDED_ARCHLOG_USED The ratio of used archie-log space to aailable archie-log space exceeds the log utilization threshold. The Tioli Storage Manager serer starts a full automatic database backup. Database If the amount of space aailable for database actiities is too low, the following messages are displayed in the actiity log: ANR2992W: IC_LOG_FILE_SYSTEM_UTILIZATION_WARNING_2 The used database space exceeds the threshold for database space utilization. To increase the space for the database, use the EXTEND DBSPACE command, the EXTEND DBSPACE command, or the DSMSERV FORMAT utility with the DBDIR parameter. ANR1546W: FILESYSTEM_DBPATH_LESS_1GB The aailable space in the directory where the serer database files are located is less than 1 GB. When a Tioli Storage Manager serer is created with the DSMSERV FORMAT utility or with the configuration wizard, a serer database and recoery log are also created. In addition, files are created to hold database information used by the database manager. The path specified in this message indicates the location of the database information used by the database manager. If space is unaailable in the path, the serer can no longer function. You must add space to the file system or make space aailable on the file system or disk. Serer naming best practices Use these descriptions as a reference when you install or upgrade a Tioli Storage Manager serer. Instance user ID The instance user ID is used as the basis for other names related to the serer instance. The instance user ID is also called the instance owner. For example: tsminst1 The instance user ID is the user ID that must hae ownership or read/write access authority to all directories that you create for the database and the recoery log. The standard way to run the serer is under the instance user ID. That user ID must also hae read/write access to the directories that are used for any FILE deice classes. Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 25

40 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Database instance name The database instance name is the name of the serer instance as it appears in the registry. For example: Serer1 Instance directory The instance directory is a directory that contains files specifically for a serer instance (the serer options file and other serer-specific files). It can hae any name that you want. For easier identification, use a name that ties the directory to the instance name. You can use a name that includes the name of the serer instance as it appears (or will appear) in the registry. Default serer instance names hae the form Sererx. For example: C:\tsm\serer1 The instance directory stores the following files for the serer instance: The serer options file, dsmser.opt The serer key database file, cert.kdb, and the.arm files (used by clients and other serers to import the Secure Sockets Layer certificates of the serer) Deice configuration file, if the DEVCONFIG serer option does not specify a fully qualified name Volume history file, if the VOLUMEHISTORY serer option does not specify a fully qualified name Volumes for DEVTYPE=FILE storage pools, if the directory for the deice class is not fully specified, or not fully qualified User exits Database name Trace output (if not fully qualified) The database name is always TSMDB1, for eery serer instance. This name cannot be changed. Serer name The serer name is an internal name for Tioli Storage Manager, and is used for operations that inole communication among multiple Tioli Storage Manager serers. Examples include serer-to-serer communication and library sharing. The serer name is also used when you add the serer to the Operations Center so that it can be managed using that interface. Use a unique name for each serer. For easy identification in the Operations Center (or from a QUERY SERVER command), use a name that reflects the location or purpose of the serer. Do not change the name of a Tioli Storage Manager serer after it is configured as a hub or spoke serer. If you use the wizard, the default name that is suggested is the host name of the system that you are using. You can use a different name that is meaningful in your enironment. If you hae more than one serer on the system and you use the wizard, you can use the default name for only one of the serers. You must enter a unique name for each serer. 26 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

41 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer For example, TUCSON_SERVER1 TUCSON_SERVER2 Directories for database space and recoery log The directories can be named according to local practices. For easier identification, consider using names that tie the directories to the serer instance. For example, for the archie log: f:\serer1\archlog Chapter 1. Planning to install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer 27

42 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer 28 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

43 Chapter 2. Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components To install the Tioli Storage Manager serer, you can use the installation wizard, the command line in console mode, or by using silent mode. About this task Planning to install Installing components Taking the first steps Using the Tioli Storage Manager installation software, you can install the following components: Tioli Storage Manager Serer Tip: The database (DB2) and the Global Security Kit (GSKit) are automatically installed when you select the serer component. Tioli Storage Manager Serer Languages Tioli Storage Manager License Tioli Storage Manager Deices Tioli Storage Manager Storage Agent Tioli Storage Manager Operations Center Obtaining the Tioli Storage Manager installation package You can obtain the Tioli Storage Manager installation package from a DVD or an IBM download site such as IBM Passport Adantage. Procedure 1. Download the appropriate package file from one of the following websites, or you can access the files from the product DVD: For a first time installation or a new release go to Passport Adantage at: Passport Adantage is the only site that you can download a licensed package file from. For the latest information, updates, and maintenance fixes, go to the Tioli Storage Manager support site: Oeriew/Software/Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager. 2. If you downloaded the package from an IBM download site, complete the following steps: a. Verify that you hae enough space to store the installation files when they are extracted from the product package. See the download document for the space requirements: Tioli Storage Manager: dociew.wss?uid=swg Tioli Storage Manager Extended Edition: support/dociew.wss?uid=swg Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

44 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer System Storage Archie Manager: dociew.wss?uid=swg b. Change to the directory where you placed the executable file. Important: In the next step, the files are extracted to the current directory. The path must contain no more than 128 characters. Be sure to extract the installation files to an empty directory. Do not extract to a directory that contains preiously extracted files, or any other files. c. Either double-click the executable file, or enter the following command on the command line to extract the installation files. The files are extracted to the current directory. package_name.exe where package_name is like this example: TIV-TSMSRV-Windows.exe 3. Select one of the following methods of installing Tioli Storage Manager: Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using the installation wizard Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode on page 32 Installing Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode on page After you install Tioli Storage Manager, and before you customize it for your use, go to the following website: Oeriew/Software/Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager. Click Support and downloads and apply any applicable fixes. Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using the installation wizard You can install Tioli Storage Manager by using the IBM Installation Manager graphical wizard. Before you begin Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language of the installation wizard. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during the installation is a user with local Administrator authority. On test serers only: Use the following command to bypass prerequisite checks such as the operating system and the required memory. Do not issue this command on a production serer. For new installations, issue the following command: install.bat -g -margs "-DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true" Otherwise, update the following file to add the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true flag. The dash in the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true flag is required and must be added on a new line after the -margs flag...\installation Manager\eclipse\ibmim.ini 30 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

45 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Procedure Install Tioli Storage Manager by using one of the following methods: Option Installing the software from a downloaded package: Installing the software from a DVD: Description 1. Change to the directory where you downloaded the package. 2. Start the installation wizard by issuing the following command: install.bat Or, in the directory where the installation files were extracted, double-click the install.bat file. 1. Insert the DVD into the DVD drie. Tip: Ensure that the installation files are isible on the DVD drie. 2. Start the installation wizard by issuing the following command from a command line: install.bat Or, in the directory where the installation files were extracted, double-click the install.bat file. What to do next If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory. You can iew installation log files by clicking File > View Log from the Installation Manager tool. To collect these log files, click Help > Export Data for Problem Analysis from the Installation Manager tool. After you install Tioli Storage Manager, and before you customize it for your use, go to the following website: Oeriew/Software/Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager. Click Support and downloads and apply any applicable fixes. After you install a new Tioli Storage Manager serer, reiew Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager to learn about configuring your serer. If a natie deice drier is aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, use the natie deice drier. If a natie deice drier is not aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, install the Tioli Storage Manager deice drier by issuing the dpinst.exe /a command. The dpinst.exe file is in the deice drier directory. The default directory is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\deice\driers. Related reference: Driers for non IBM deices ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ r_deice_driers_nonibm_win.html) Chapter 2. Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components 31

46 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode You can install Tioli Storage Manager by using the command line in console mode. Before you begin Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language of the installation wizard. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during the installation is a user with local Administrator authority. On test serers only: Use the following command to bypass prerequisite checks such as the operating system and the required memory. Do not issue this command on a production serer. For new installations, issue the following command: install.bat -c -margs "-DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true" Otherwise, update the following file to add the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true flag. The dash in the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true flag is required and must be added on a new line after the -margs flag...\installation Manager\eclipse\tools\imcl.ini Procedure Install Tioli Storage Manager by using one of the following methods: Option Installing the software from a downloaded package: Description 1. Change to the directory where you downloaded the package. 2. Start the installation wizard in console mode by issuing the following command: install.bat -c 3. Optional: Generate a response file as part of a console mode installation. Complete the console mode installation options, and in the Summary panel, specify G to generate the responses. 32 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

47 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Option Installing the software from a DVD: Description 1. Insert the DVD into the DVD drie. Tip: Ensure that the installation files are isible on the DVD drie. 2. Start the installation wizard in console mode by issuing the following command: install.bat -c 3. Optional: Generate a response file as part of a console mode installation. Complete the console mode installation options, and in the Summary panel, specify G to generate the responses. What to do next If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs After you install Tioli Storage Manager, and before you customize it for your use, go to the following website: Oeriew/Software/Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager. Click Support and downloads and apply any applicable fixes. After you install a new Tioli Storage Manager serer, reiew the information in Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager to learn about configuring your serer. If a natie deice drier is aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, use the natie deice drier. If a natie deice drier is not aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, install the Tioli Storage Manager deice drier by issuing the dpinst.exe /a command. The dpinst.exe file is in the deice drier directory. The default directory is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\deice\driers. Related reference: Driers for non IBM deices ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ r_deice_driers_nonibm_win.html) Installing Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode You can install the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer in silent mode without any user interaction. Before you begin A silent installation can use response files for data input. The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation package was extracted, contains the following sample response files to install, update, and uninstall Tioli Storage Manager: install_response_sample.xml update_response_sample.xml uninstall_response_sample.xml Chapter 2. Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components 33

48 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer You can use these sample files as they are or you can customize them to suit your needs. It is optimal to use the sample response files. These sample files contain instructions and default alues to help you aoid any unnecessary warnings. On test serers only: Use the following command to bypass prerequisite checks such as the operating system and the required memory. Do not issue this command on a production serer. For new installations, issue the following command: install.bat -s -acceptlicense -margs "-DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true" Otherwise, update the following file to add the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true flag. The dash in the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true flag is required and must be added on a new line after the -margs flag...\installation Manager\eclipse\tools\imcl.ini Procedure 1. Create a response file, or use one of the sample response files, such as install_response_sample.xml or update_response_sample.xml. 2. Start the silent installation, by issuing the following command from the directory where the installation package is extracted: Option Installing the software from a downloaded package file or DVD media: Description To start the installation with a custom response file, issue the following command, where response_file is the response file path, including the file name: install.bat -s -input response_file -acceptlicense What to do next If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs After you install Tioli Storage Manager, and before you customize it for your use, go to the following website: Oeriew/Software/Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager. Click Support and downloads and apply any applicable fixes. After you install a new Tioli Storage Manager serer, reiew the information in Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager to learn about configuring your serer. If a natie deice drier is aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, use the natie deice drier. If a natie deice drier is not aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, install the Tioli Storage Manager deice drier by issuing the dpinst.exe /a command. The dpinst.exe file is in the deice drier directory. The default directory is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\deice\driers. Related reference: Driers for non IBM deices ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ r_deice_driers_nonibm_win.html) 34 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

49 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Installing serer language packages Translations for the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer allow the serer to display messages and help in languages other than U.S. English. The translations also allow for the use of locale conentions for date, time, and number formatting. Serer language locales Use either the default language package option or select another language package to display serer messages and help. This language package is automatically installed for the following default language option for Tioli Storage Manager serer messages and help: LANGUAGE AMENG. For languages or locales other than the default, install the language package that your installation requires. You can use the languages that are shown: Table 11. Serer languages for Windows Language LANGUAGE option alue Chinese, Simplified chs Chinese, Traditional cht English ameng French fra German deu Italian ita Japanese (Shift-JIS) jpn Korean kor Portuguese, Brazilian ptb Russian rus Spanish esp Note: For more information about setting the LANGUAGE option, see the Administrator's Reference. Restriction: For Operations Center users, some characters might not be displayed properly if the web browser does not use the same language as the serer. If this problem occurs, set the browser to use the same language as the serer. Configuring a language package After you configure a language package, messages and help are shown on the Tioli Storage Manager in languages other than US English. Installation packages are proided with Tioli Storage Manager. About this task Set the LANGUAGE option in the serer options file to the name of the locale that you want to use. For example: to use the ita locale, set the LANGUAGE option to ita. See Serer language locales. Chapter 2. Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components 35

50 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer If the locale is successfully initialized, it formats the date, time, and number for the serer. If the locale is not successfully initialized, the serer uses the US English message files and the date, time, and number format. Updating a language package You can modify or update a language package by using the IBM Installation Manager. About this task You can install another language package within the same Tioli Storage Manager instance. Use the Modify function of IBM Installation Manager to install another language package. Use the Update function of IBM Installation Manager to update to newer ersions of the language packages. Tip: In IBM Installation Manager, the term update means to discoer and install updates and fixes to installed software packages. In this context, update and upgrade are synonymous. 36 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

51 Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager After you install Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1.1, prepare for the configuration. Using the configuration wizard is the preferred method of configuring the Tioli Storage Manager instance. About this task Planning to install Installing components Taking the first steps Figure 2. You are in the configuring the Tioli Storage Manager serer section. Configure the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance by completing the following steps: 1. Create the directories and user ID for the serer instance. See Creating the user ID and directories for the serer instance on page Configure a Tioli Storage Manager instance. Select one of the following options: Use the Tioli Storage Manager configuration wizard, the preferred method. See Configuring Tioli Storage Manager using the configuration wizard on page 40. Manually configure the new Tioli Storage Manager instance. See Configuring the serer instance manually on page 41. Complete the following steps during a manual configuration. a. Set up your directories and create the Tioli Storage Manager instance. See Creating the serer instance on page 41. b. Create a new serer options file by copying the sample file to set up communications between the serer and clients. See Configuring serer and client communications on page 43. c. Issue the DSMSERV FORMAT command to format the database. See Formatting the database and log on page 47. d. Configure your system for database backup. See Preparing the database manager for database backup on page Configure options to control when database reorganization runs. See Configuring serer options for serer database maintenance on page Start the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance if it is not already started. See Starting the serer instance on Windows systems on page Register your license. See Registering licenses on page Prepare your system for database backups. See Specifying a deice class in preparation for database backups on page Monitor the serer. See Monitoring the serer on page 57. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

52 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Creating the user ID and directories for the serer instance Create the user ID for the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance and create the directories that the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance needs for database and recoery logs. Before you begin Reiew the information about planning space for the serer before you complete this task. See Worksheets for planning details for the Tioli Storage Manager serer on page 7. Procedure 1. Create the user ID that will own the serer instance. You use this user ID when you create the serer instance in a later step. Create a user ID that will be the owner of the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance. A user ID can own more than one Tioli Storage Manager serer instance. Identify the user account that will own the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance. When the serer is started as a Windows serice, this account is the one that the serice will log on to. The user account must hae administratie authority on the system. One user account can own more than one serer instance. If you hae multiple serers on one system and want to run each serer with a different user account, create a new user account in this step. a. Create the user ID. Restriction: The user ID must comply with the following rule: In the user ID, only lowercase letters (a-z), numerals (0-9), and the underscore character (_) canbeused. The user ID must be 30 characters or less, and cannot start with ibm, sql, sys, or a numeral. The user ID and group name cannot be user, admin, guest, public, local, or any SQL resered word. 1) Use the following operating system command to create the user ID: net user user_id * /add You are prompted to create and erify a password for the new user ID. 2) Issue the following operating system commands to add the new user ID to the Administrators groups: net localgroup Administrators user_id /add net localgroup DB2ADMNS user_id /add 2. Create directories that the serer requires. 38 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

53 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Create empty directories for each of the items that are shown in the following table. The database, archie log, and actie log must reside on different physical olumes. Item The instance directory for the serer, which is a directory that will contain files specifically for this serer instance (the serer options file and other serer-specific files) The database directories Actie log directory Archie log directory Optional: Directory for the log mirror for the actie log Optional: Secondary archie log directory (failoer location for archie log) Example commands for creating the directories mkdir d:\tsm\serer1 mkdir d:\tsm\db001 mkdir e:\tsm\db002 mkdir f:\tsm\db003 mkdir g:\tsm\db004 mkdir h:\tsm\log mkdir i:\tsm\archlog mkdir j:\tsm\logmirror mkdir k:\tsm\archlogfailoer Your directories When a serer is initially created by using the DSMSERV FORMAT utility or the configuration wizard, a serer database and recoery log are created. In addition, files are created to hold database information that is used by the database manager. 3. Log off the new user ID. Configuring Tioli Storage Manager After you hae installed Tioli Storage Manager Version and prepared for the configuration, configure the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance. About this task Tip: The Tioli Storage Manager Management Console, which is a Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in, is no longer deliered with Tioli Storage Manager. The preferred method for configuring the serer is to use the configuration wizard. You can use the wizard to complete seeral serer configuration tasks. Howeer, you cannot use the wizard to extend the Actie Directory schema so that clients can automatically discoer serers. Configure a Tioli Storage Manager serer instance by selecting one of the following options: Use the Tioli Storage Manager configuration wizard on your local system. See Configuring Tioli Storage Manager using the configuration wizard on page 40. Manually configure the new Tioli Storage Manager instance. See Configuring the serer instance manually on page 41. Complete the following steps during a manual configuration. Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

54 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer 1. Set up the directories and create the Tioli Storage Manager instance. See Creating the serer instance on page Create a new serer options file by copying the sample file in order to set up communications between the Tioli Storage Manager serer and clients. See Configuring serer and client communications on page Issue the DSMSERV FORMAT command to format the database. See Formatting the database and log on page Configure your system for database backup. See Preparing the database manager for database backup on page 47. Configuring Tioli Storage Manager using the configuration wizard The wizard offers a guided approach to configuring a serer. By using the graphical user interface (GUI), you can aoid some configuration steps that are complex when done manually. Start the wizard on the system where you installed the Tioli Storage Manager serer program. Before you begin Before you begin to use the configuration wizard, you must complete all preceding steps to prepare for the configuration. These steps include installing Tioli Storage Manager, creating the database and log directories, and creating the directories and user ID for the serer instance. About this task Tip: The Tioli Storage Manager Console, which is an MMC snap-in, is no longer deliered with Tioli Storage Manager. The preferred method for configuring the serer instance is to use the configuration wizard. You can use the wizard to complete seeral configuration tasks. Howeer, you cannot use the wizard to extend the Actie Directory schema so that clients can automatically discoer serers. Procedure 1. Ensure that the following requirements are met: You must disable User Account Control (at least while you are running this wizard). See Configuring Remote Execution Protocol on Windows on page 41 for instructions. 2. Start the local ersion of the wizard: Either click Start > All Programs > Tioli Storage Manager > Configuration Wizard. Or, double-click the dsmicfgx.exe program in installation_directory\serer. The default directory is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM. Follow the instructions to complete the configuration. The wizard can be stopped and restarted, but the serer is not operational until the entire configuration process is complete. 40 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

55 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Configuring Remote Execution Protocol on Windows Configure remote access settings by using these procedures. Before you begin You must configure the User Account Control feature before you run the wizard. Tip: Ensure that the Remote Registry in Windows Serices is started, and ports 445, 137, and 139 are unblocked in the firewall. Procedure If the system is running on Windows, complete the following steps to disable User Account Control: 1. The built-in Administrator account must be enabled. To enable the built-in administrator account, click Control Panel > Administratie Tools > Local Security Policy. Then, under Security Settings, double-click Local Policies. Double-click Security Options. Double-click the Accounts: Administrator account status section. Select Enable and click OK. 2. User Account Control must be disabled for all windows administrators. To disable User Account Control for administrators, click Control Panel > Administratie Tools > Local Security Policy. Then, under Security Settings, double-click Local Policies. Double-click Security Options. Double-click the User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approal Mode section. Select Disable and click OK. 3. User Account Control must be disabled for the built-in Administrator account. To disable User Account Control for administrators, click Control Panel > Administratie Tools > Local Security Policy. Then, under Security Settings, double-click Local Policies. Double-click Security Options. Double-click the User Account Control: Admin Appoal Mode for the Built-in Administrator Account section. Select Disable and click OK. Configuring the serer instance manually After installing Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1.1, you can configure Tioli Storage Manager manually instead of using the configuration wizard. Creating the serer instance Create a Tioli Storage Manager instance by issuing the db2icrt command. About this task You can hae one or more serer instances on one workstation. Important: Before you run the db2icrt command, ensure that the user and the instance directory of the user exists. If there is no instance directory, you must create it. The instance directory stores the following files for the serer instance: The serer options file, dsmser.opt The serer key database file, cert.kdb, and the.arm files (used by clients and other serers to import the Secure Sockets Layer certificates of the serer) Deice configuration file, if the DEVCONFIG serer option does not specify a fully qualified name Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

56 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Volume history file, if the VOLUMEHISTORY serer option does not specify a fully qualified name Volumes for DEVTYPE=FILE storage pools, if the directory for the deice class is not fully specified, or not fully qualified User exits Trace output (if not fully qualified) 1. Log in as an administrator and create a Tioli Storage Manager instance, by using the db2icrt command. Enter the following command on one line. The user account that you specify becomes the user ID that owns the Version serer (the instance user ID). db2icrt -s ese -u user_account instance_name For example, if the user account is tsminst1 and the serer instance is Serer1, enter the following command: db2icrt -s ese -u tsminst1 serer1 You are prompted for the password for user ID tsminst1. Later, when you create and format the database, you use the instance name that you specified with this command, with the -k option. 2. Change the default path for the database to be the drie where the instance directory for the serer is located. Complete the following steps: a. Click Start > Programs > IBM DB2 > DB2TSM1 > Command Line Tools > Command Line Processor. b. Enter quit to exit the command line processor. A window with a command prompt should now be open, with the enironment properly set up to successfully issue the commands in the next steps. c. From the command prompt in that window, issue the following command to set the enironment ariable for the serer instance that you are working with: set db2instance=instance_name The instance_name is the same as the instance name that you specified when you issued the db2icrt command. For example, to set the enironment ariable for the Serer1 serer instance, issue the following command: set db2instance=serer1 d. Issue the command to set the default drie: db2 update dbm cfg using dftdbpath instance_location For example, the instance directory is d:\tsm\serer1 and the instance location is drie d:. Enter the command: db2 update dbm cfg using dftdbpath d: 3. Create a new serer options file. See Configuring serer and client communications on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

57 Configuring serer and client communications After installing Tioli Storage Manager, you can set up client and serer communications by specifying options in the Tioli Storage Manager serer and client options files. About this task Set these serer options before you start the serer. When you start the serer, the new options go into effect. If you modify any serer options after starting the serer, you must stop and restart the serer to actiate the updated options. Reiew the serer options file (dsmser.opt.smp) that is located in the serer instance directory to iew and specify serer communications options. By default, the serer uses the TCP/IP and Named Pipes communication methods. Tip: If you start the serer console and see warning messages that a protocol could not be used by the serer, either the protocol is not installed or the settings do not match the Windows protocol settings. For a client to use a protocol that is enabled on the serer, the client options file must contain corresponding alues for communication options. In the serer options file, you can iew the alues for each protocol. For more information about serer options, see the Administrator's Reference. You can specify one or more of the following communication methods: TCP/IP Version 4 or Version 6 Named Pipes Shared memory Simple network management protocol (SNMP) DPI Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Note: You can authenticate passwords with the LDAP directory serer, or authenticate passwords with the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Passwords that are authenticated with the LDAP directory serer can proide enhanced system security. For details, see the managing passwords and logon procedures section in the Administrator's Guide. Setting TCP/IP options: Select from a range of TCP/IP options for the Tioli Storage Manager serer or retain the default. About this task The following is an example of a list of TCP/IP options you can use to set up your system. commmethod tcpip tcpport 1500 tcpwindowsize 0 tcpnodelay yes Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Tip: You can use TCP/IP Version 4, Version 6, or both. Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

58 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer TCPPORT The serer TCP/IP port address. The default alue is TCPWINDOWSIZE Specifies the size of the TCP/IP buffer that is used when sending or receiing data. The window size that is used in a session is the smaller of the serer and client window sizes. Larger window sizes use additional memory but can improe performance. To use the default window size for the operating system, specify 0. TCPNODELAY Specifies whether or not the serer sends small messages or lets TCP/IP buffer the messages. Sending small messages can improe throughput but increases the number of packets sent oer the network. Specify YES to send small messages or NO to let TCP/IP buffer them. The default is YES. TCPADMINPORT Specifies the port number on which the serer TCP/IP communication drier is to wait for requests other than client sessions. The default alue is SSLTCPPORT (SSL-only) Specifies the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) port number on which the serer TCP/IP communication drier waits for requests for SSL-enabled sessions for the command-line backup-archie client and the command-line administratie client. SSLTCPADMINPORT Specifies the port address on which the serer TCP/IP communication drier waits for requests for SSL-enabled sessions for the command-line administratie client. Setting Named Pipes options: The Named Pipes communication method is ideal when running the serer and client on the same Windows machine. Named Pipes require no special configuration. About this task Here is an example of a Named Pipes setting: commmethod namedpipename namedpipe \\.\pipe\adsmpipe COMMMETHOD can be used multiple times in the Tioli Storage Manager serer options file, with a different alue each time. For example, the following example is possible: commmethod tcpip commmethod namedpipe 44 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

59 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Setting shared memory options: You can use shared memory communications between clients and serers on the same system. To use shared memory, TCP/IP Version 4 must be installed on the system. About this task The following example shows a shared memory setting: commmethod sharedmem shmport 1510 In this example, SHMPORT specifies the TCP/IP port address of a serer when using shared memory. Use the SHMPORT option to specify a different TCP/IP port. The default port address is COMMMETHOD can be used multiple times in the Tioli Storage Manager serer options file, with a different alue each time. For example, the following example is possible: commmethod tcpip commmethod sharedmem Setting SNMP DPI subagent options: Tioli Storage Manager implements a simple network management protocol (SNMP) subagent. You can configure the SNMP subagent to send traps to an SNMP manager, such as NetView, and to proide support for a Management Information Base (MIB). About this task For details about configuring SNMP for use with Tioli Storage Manager, see the Administrator's Guide. The subagent communicates with the snmp daemon, which in turn communicates with a management application. The snmp daemon must support the DPI protocol. Agents are aailable on AIX. The subagent process is separate from the Tioli Storage Manager serer process, but the subagent gets its information from a serer options file. When the SNMP management application is enabled, it can get information and messages from serers. Use the following SNMP DPI options as an example of a SNMP setting. You must specify the COMMMETHOD option. For details about the other options, see the Administrator's Reference. commmethod snmp snmpheartbeatinteral 5 snmpmessagecategory seerity Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

60 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Setting Secure Sockets Layer options: You can add more protection for your data and passwords by using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Before you begin SSL is the standard technology for creating encrypted sessions between serers and clients. SSL proides a secure channel for serers and clients to communicate oer open communication paths. With SSL, the identity of the serer is erified through the use of digital certificates. To ensure better system performance, use SSL only for sessions when it is needed. Consider adding additional processor resources on the Tioli Storage Manager serer to manage the increased requirements. Refer to setting up Transport Layer Security (TLS) in the Administrator's Guide. 46 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

61 Formatting the database and log Use the DSMSERV FORMAT utility to initialize a serer instance. No other serer actiity is allowed while initializing the database and recoery log. After you set up serer communications, you are ready to initialize the database. Ensure that you log in by using the instance user ID. Do not place the directories on file systems that might run out of space. If certain directories (for example, the archie log) become unaailable or full, the serer stops. See Capacity planning for more details. For optimal performance and to facilitate I/O, specify at least two equally sized containers or Logical Unit Numbers (LUNs) for the database. See IBM Tioli Storage Manager Optimizing Performance ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.perf.doc/c_howtouseinfo.html) for more information about the configuration of directories for the database. In addition, each actie log and archie log should hae its own container or LUN. Important: The installation program creates a set of registry keys. One of these keys points to the directory where a default serer, named SERVER1, is created. To install an additional serer, create a directory and use the DSMSERV FORMAT utility, with the -k parameter, from that directory. That directory becomes the location of the serer. The registry tracks the installed serers. Initializing a serer instance Use the DSMSERV FORMAT utility to initialize a serer instance. For example, issue the following command: dsmser -k serer2 format dbdir=d:\tsm\db001 actielogsize=8192 actielogdirectory=e:\tsm\actielog archlogdirectory=f:\tsm\archlog archfailoerlogdirectory=g:\tsm\archfaillog mirrorlogdirectory=h:\tsm\mirrorlog Related reference: DSMSERV FORMAT (Format the database and log) ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.ref.doc/ r_cmd_dsmser_format.html) Preparing the database manager for database backup To back up the data in the database to Tioli Storage Manager, you must enable the database manager and configure the Tioli Storage Manager application programming interface (API). About this task Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer If you use the Tioli Storage Manager configuration wizard to create a Tioli Storage Manager serer instance, you do not hae to complete these steps. If you are configuring an instance manually, complete the following steps before you issue either the BACKUP DB or the RESTORE DB commands. Attention: If the database is unusable, the entire Tioli Storage Manager serer is unaailable. If a database is lost and cannot be recoered, it might be difficult or impossible to recoer data that is managed by that serer. Therefore, it is critically important to back up the database. In the following commands, the examples use serer1 for the database instance and d:\tsmserer1 for the Tioli Storage Manager serer directory. Replace these alues with your actual alues in the commands. Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

62 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer 1. Create a file that is called tsmdbmgr.en in the d:\tsmserer1 directory with the following contents: DSMI_CONFIG=serer_instance_directory\tsmdbmgr.opt DSMI_LOG=serer_instance_directory 2. Set the DSMI_ api enironment-ariable configuration for the database instance: a. Open a DB2 command window. One method is to go to the C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\db2\bin directory, or if you installed Tioli Storage Manager in a different location, go to the db2\bin subdirectory in your main installation directory. Then, issue this command: db2cmd b. Issue this command: db2set -i serer1 DB2_VENDOR_INI=d:\tsmserer1\tsmdbmgr.en 3. Create a file that is called tsmdbmgr.opt in the d:\tsmserer1 directory with the following contents: ************************************************* nodename $$_TSMDBMGR_$$ commmethod tcpip tcpsereraddr localhost tcpport 1500 passwordaccess generate errorlogname d:\tsmserer1\tsmdbmgr.log where nodename specifies the node name the client API uses to connect to the serer during a database backup. This alue must be $$_TSMDBMGR_$$ for database backup to work. commethod specifies the client API used to contact the serer for database backup. This alue can be tcpip or sharedmem. For more information about shared memory, see step 4. tcpsereraddr specifies the serer address that the client API uses to contact the serer for database backup. To ensure that the database can be backed up, this alue must be localhost. tcpport specifies the port number that the client API uses to contact the serer for database backup. Ensure that you enter the same tcpport alue that is specified in the dsmser.opt serer options file. passwordaccess is required for the backup node to connect to the serer on windows systems. errorlogname specifies the error log where the client API logs errors that are encountered during a database backup. This log is typically in the serer instance directory. Howeer, this log can be placed in any location where the instance user ID has write-permission. 4. Optional: Configure the serer to back up the database by using shared memory. In this way, you might be able to reduce the processor load and improe throughput. Complete the following steps: a. Reiew the dsmser.opt file. If the following lines are not in the file, add them: commmethod sharedmem shmport port_number where port_number specifies the port to be used for shared memory. b. In the tsmdbmgr.opt file, locate the following lines: commmethod tcpip tcpsereraddr localhost tcpport IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

63 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Replace the specified lines with the following lines: commmethod sharedmem shmport port_number where port_number specifies the port to be used for shared memory. 5. Enter the following command on one line: "c:\program files\tioli\tsm\serer\dsmsutil.exe" UPDATEPW /NODE:$$_TSMDBMGR_$$ /PASSWORD:TSMDBMGR /VALIDATE:NO /OPTFILE: "d:\tsmserer1\tsmdbmgr.opt" Configuring serer options for serer database maintenance To help aoid problems with database growth and serer performance, the serer automatically monitors its database tables and reorganizes them when needed. Before starting the serer for production use, set serer options to control when reorganization runs. If you plan to use data deduplication, ensure that the option to run index reorganization is enabled. About this task Table and index reorganization requires significant processor resources, actie log space, and archie log space. Because database backup takes precedence oer reorganization, select the time and duration for reorganization to ensure that the processes do not oerlap and reorganization can complete. For more information about scheduling reorganization, see the Administrator's Guide. If you update these serer options while the serer is running, you must stop and restart the serer before the updated alues take effect. Procedure 1. Modify the serer options. Edit the serer options file, dsmser.opt, in the serer instance directory by using a text editor. Follow these guidelines when you edit the serer options file: To enable an option, remoe the asterisk at the beginning of the line. Enter an option on any line. Enter only one option per line. The entire option with its alue must be on one line. If you hae multiple entries for an option in the file, the serer uses the last entry. To iew aailable serer options, see the sample file, dsmser.opt.smp, inthe c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM directory. 2. If you plan to use data deduplication, enable the ALLOWREORGINDEX serer option. Add the following option and alue to the serer options file: allowreorgindex yes 3. Set the REORGBEGINTIME and REORGDURATION serer options to control when reorganization starts and how long it runs. Select a time and duration so that reorganization runs when you expect that the serer is least busy. These serer options control both table and index reorganization processes. Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

64 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer a. Set the time for reorganization to start by using the REORGBEGINTIME serer option. Specify the time by using the 24-hour system. For example, to set the start time for reorganization as 8:30 p.m., specify the following option and alue in the serer options file: reorgbegintime 20:30 b. Set the interal during which the serer can start reorganization. For example, to specify that the serer can start reorganization for four hours after the time set by the REORGBEGINTIME serer option, specify the following option and alue in the serer options file: reorgduration 4 4. If the serer was running while you updated the serer options file, stop and restart the serer. Related tasks: Table and index reorganization schedules ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/t_db_reorg.html) Related reference: ALLOWREORGINDEX ( SSGSG7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.ref.doc/r_opt_serer_allowreorgindex.html) ALLOWREORGTABLE ( SSGSG7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.ref.doc/r_opt_serer_allowreorgtable.html) REORGBEGINTIME ( SSGSG7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.ref.doc/r_opt_serer_reorgbegintime.html) REORGDURATION ( SSGSG7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.ref.doc/r_opt_serer_reorgduration.html) Starting the serer instance on Windows systems You can start the Tioli Storage Manager serer as a Windows serice, which is the preferred method, or in the foreground. Before you begin Select one of the following methods for starting the serer: As a Windows serice This method is useful in a production enironment. When you configure the serer to run as a serice, you can specify that the serer starts automatically wheneer the system is started. In the foreground This method is useful when you are configuring or testing the serer. When you start the serer in the foreground, Tioli Storage Manager proides a special administrator user ID that is named SERVER_CONSOLE. All serer messages are displayed in the foreground. The messages can be useful if you must debug startup problems. 50 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

65 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Procedure Follow the instructions for your selected option: Option Starting the serer as a Windows serice Starting the serer in the foreground Description To start the serer as a Windows serice, take one of the following actions: If you configured the serer by using the configuration wizard, or you upgraded the serer by using the upgrade wizard, complete the following steps: 1. Configure the serer to start as a Windows serice by following the instructions in Configuring the serer to start as a Windows serice. 2. Start the serer by following the instructions in Starting the serer as a Windows serice on page 52. If you did not use the configuration wizard or the upgrade wizard, create and configure the Windows serice by following the instructions in Manually creating and configuring a Windows serice on page 53. To start the serer in the foreground, follow the instructions in Starting the serer in the foreground on page 54. Configuring the serer to start as a Windows serice Before you can start the serer as a Windows serice, you must ensure that options and access rights are set correctly. Before you begin A Windows serice must be created. If you configured the serer by using the configuration wizard or upgraded the serer by using the upgrade wizard, a Windows serice was created automatically. In that case, use this procedure to configure the serer to start as a Windows serice. If you did not use a wizard, you must create and configure the Windows serice manually by following the steps in Manually creating and configuring a Windows serice on page 53. Procedure 1. From the Windows Start menu, click Run, type serices.msc, and click OK. 2. In the Serices window, select the serer instance that you want to start as a serice, and click Properties. For example, select TSM INST1, and click Properties. 3. To ensure that the serer serice starts automatically, click the General tab. From the Startup type list, select Automatic. 4. To set the user for starting the serer serice, click the Log On tab, and take one of the following actions: If you plan to run the serer serice under the Local System account, select Local System account and click OK. Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

66 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer If you plan to run the serer serice under the instance user ID, take the following actions: a. Select This account, and browse for the user ID that owns the serer DB2 instance and has permissions for starting the serer. b. In the Select User window, in the Enter the object name to select field, enter the user ID. c. Click Check Names. d. Click OK twice. 5. If you configured the serer serice to run under the Local System account, grant database access to the Local System account: a. Log on with the user ID that was used to create the Tioli Storage Manager serer database. This user ID is the user ID that was used to run the DSMSERV FORMAT utility to initialize the serer database. Alternatiely, if you configured the serer with the dsmicfgx configuration wizard, this user ID is the user ID that was used to create the instance. b. Open a DB2 command window by taking one of the following actions: If the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed on Windows Serer 2008 or Windows Serer 2008 R2, click Start > All Programs > IBM DB2 DB2TSM1 > DB2 Command Window - Administrator. If the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed on Windows Serer 2012, open the Start window, and click DB2 Command Window - Administrator. c. In the DB2 command window, enter the following commands: set DB2INSTANCE=serer1 db2 connect to TSMDB1 db2 grant dbadm with dataaccess with accessctrl on database to user system db2 grant secadm on database to user system Tip: When the serer serice is configured to run under the Local System account, the database can be accessed by any administrator on the system. In addition, any administrator who can log on to the system can run the Tioli Storage Manager serer. What to do next To start the serice, follow the instructions in Starting the serer as a Windows serice. Starting the serer as a Windows serice If you are running Tioli Storage Manager on a Windows operating system, you can start the serer as a serice. Before you begin A Windows serice must be created. The serice was created automatically if you configured the serer by using the configuration wizard, or upgraded the serer by using the upgrade wizard. If the serice was created automatically, you must configure the serer to start as a serice by following the steps in Configuring the serer to start as a Windows serice on page 51. Then, use this procedure to start the serer as a serice. If you did not use the configuration wizard or the upgrade wizard to create the serice, you must create and configure the serice manually. Follow the steps in 52 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

67 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Manually creating and configuring a Windows serice. Procedure To start the serer as a Windows serice, complete the following steps: 1. Log on to the Tioli Storage Manager serer with a user ID that is in the Administrators group. 2. From the Windows Start menu, click Run, type serices.msc, and click OK. 3. In the Serices window, select the serer instance that you want to start, and click Start. What to do next Because the serer serice can issue requests that require action, it is important to monitor serer actiity with the Operations Center or the administratie client. To iew start and stop completion messages that are logged in the Windows application log, use the Eent Viewer tool in the Administratie Tools folder. Manually creating and configuring a Windows serice If you configured the Tioli Storage Manager serer by using the configuration wizard, or you upgraded the serer by using the upgrade wizard, a Windows serice was created automatically. If a serice was not created automatically, you must create it. Before you begin To complete this procedure, you must log on with a user ID that is in the Administrators group. Procedure To create a Windows serice and configure the startup options for the serice, complete the following step: Open a command window and enter the sc.exe create command: sc.exe create serer_name binpath= "path_to_serer -k instance_name" start= start_type obj= account_name password= password where: serer_name Specifies the name of the serer serice. path_to_serer Specifies the path to the dsmsc.exe executable file, including the file name. This path is the default path: C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer instance_name Specifies the name of the DB2 instance, which is also the name of the serer instance, for example, Serer1. start_type Specifies the method for starting the serice. To automatically start the serice, enter auto. If you specify the auto option, the serice starts Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

68 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer automatically at system startup and restarts automatically wheneer the system is restarted. To manually start the serice, enter demand. account_name Specifies the user ID for the account under which the serice runs. For example, the account name might be Administrator. This parameter is optional. If it is not specified, the Local System account is used. password Specifies the password for the account_name user account. Tip: When you enter the command, ensure that you enter a space after each equal sign (=). Results The serer starts as a Windows serice. Starting the serer in the foreground To directly interact with a Tioli Storage Manager serer, start the serer in the foreground. For example, if you want to enter commands, start the serer in the foreground. Stopping the serer Registering licenses Procedure 1. Change to the directory where the serer is installed. For example, change to the c:\program files\tioli\tsm\serer directory. 2. Enter the following command: dsmser -k instance_name where instance_name specifies the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance. You can stop the serer when needed to return control to the operating system. To aoid losing administratie and client node connections, stop the serer only after current sessions are completed or canceled. About this task To stop the serer, issue the following command from the Tioli Storage Manager command line: halt The serer console stops. Immediately register any Tioli Storage Manager licensed functions that you purchase so you do not lose any data after you start serer operations, such as backing up your data. About this task Use the REGISTER LICENSE command for this task. 54 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

69 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Example: Register a license Register the base Tioli Storage Manager license. register license file=tsmbasic.lic Specifying a deice class in preparation for database backups To prepare the system for automatic and manual database backups, you must specify the deice class to be used. Before you begin Before you begin the setup, ensure that you hae defined a tape or file deice class. See the defining deice classes section of the Administrator's Guide. About this task To set up your system for database backups, issue the SET DBRECOVERY command to specify a deice class to be used for the backups. You can also change the deice class to be used for database backups with the SET DBRECOVERY command. Perform the following setup procedure: Procedure 1. If you did not use the configuration wizard (dsmicfgx) to configure the serer, ensure that you hae completed the steps to manually configure the system for database backups. 2. Select the deice class to be used for backups of the database. Issue the following command from a IBM Tioli Storage Manager administratie command line. set dbrecoery deice_class_name The deice class that you specify is used by the database manager for database backups. If you do not specify a deice class with the SET DBRECOVERY command, the backup fails. Example For example, to specify that the DBBACK deice class is to be used, issue this command: set dbrecoery dbback What to do next When you are ready to back up your database, see the BACKUP DB command in the Administrator's Reference. Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

70 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Running multiple serer instances on a single system You can create more than one serer instance on your system. Each serer instance has its own instance directory, and database and log directories. Multiply the memory and other system requirements for one serer by the number of instances planned for the system. The set of files for one instance of the serer is stored separately from the files used by another serer instance on the same system. Use the steps in Creating the serer instance on page 41 for each new instance, optionally creating the new instance user. To manage the system memory that is used by each serer, use the DBMEMPERCENT serer option to limit the percentage of system memory. If all serers are equally important, use the same alue for each serer. If one serer is a production serer and other serers are test serers, set the alue for the production serer to a higher alue than the test serers. When you upgrade from Tioli Storage Manager V6.1, you must upgrade to V6.3 first, and then to V You can upgrade directly from either V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1. See the upgrade section (Chapter 5, Upgrading to Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1.1, on page 65) for more details. When you upgrade and hae multiple serers on your system, you must run the installation wizard only once. The installation wizard collects the database and ariables information for all of your original serer instances. If you upgrade from Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 and hae multiple serers on your system, all instances that exist in DB2 V9.7 are dropped and recreated in DB2 V10.5. The wizard issues the db2 upgrade db dbname command for each database. The database enironment ariables for each instance on your system are also reconfigured during the upgrade process. A typical Tioli Storage Manager installation inoles one serer instance on the Tioli Storage Manager serer computer. You might want to install a second instance if you are configuring in a clustered enironment. You might also want to run more than one serer on a large computer if you hae multiple tape libraries or a disk-only configuration. After you install and configure the first Tioli Storage Manager serer, use the Serer Initialization wizard to create additional Tioli Storage Manager serer instances on the same computer. For information about the Serer Initialization wizard, see the Tioli Storage Manager Administrator's Guide. By using the Serer Initialization wizard, you can install up to four Tioli Storage Manager serer instances on a single system or cluster. Related tasks: Running multiple serer instances on a single system ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ t_sr_mng_start_multi_unix.html) 56 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

71 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer Monitoring the serer When you start using the serer in production, monitor the space used by the serer to ensure that the amount of space is adequate. Make adjustments as needed. Procedure 1. Monitor the actie log, to ensure that the size is correct for the workload that is handled by the serer instance. When the serer workload is up to its typical expected leel, and the space that is used by the actie log is 80-90% of the space that is aailable to the actie log directory, you might need to increase the amount of space. Whether you need to increase the space depends on the types of transactions in the serer's workload, because transaction characteristics affect how the actie log space is used. The following transaction characteristics can affect the space usage in the actie log: The number and size of files in backup operations Clients such as file serers that back up large numbers of small files can cause large numbers of transactions that complete during a short period of time. The transactions might use a large amount of space in the actie log, but for a short period of time. Clients such as a mail serer or a database serer that back up large chunks of data in few transactions can cause small numbers of transactions that take a long time to complete. The transactions might use a small amount of space in the actie log, but for a long period of time. Network connection types Backup operations that occur oer fast network connections cause transactions that complete more quickly. The transactions use space in the actie log for a shorter period of time. Backup operations that occur oer relatiely slower connections cause transactions that take a longer time to complete. The transactions use space in the actie log for a longer period of time. If the serer is handling transactions with a wide ariety of characteristics, the space that is used for the actie log might go up and down by a large amount oer time. For such a serer, you might need to ensure that the actie log typically has a smaller percentage of its space used. The extra space allows the actie log to grow for transactions that take a ery long time to complete, for example. 2. Monitor the archie log to ensure that space is always aailable. Remember: If the archie log becomes full, and the failoer archie log becomes full, the actie log can become full and the serer will stop. The goal is to make enough space aailable to the archie log so that it neer uses all its aailable space. You are likely to notice the following pattern: a. Initially, the archie log grows rapidly as typical client-backup operations occur. b. Database backups occur regularly, either as scheduled or done manually. c. After at least two full database backups occur, log pruning occurs automatically. The space used by the archie log decreases when the pruning occurs. Chapter 3. Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager Version

72 Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer d. Normal client operations continue, and the archie log grows again. e. Database backups occur regularly, and log pruning occurs as often as full database backups occur. With this pattern, the archie log grows initially, then decreases, then might grow again. Oer a period of time, as normal operations continue, the amount of space used by the archie log should reach a relatiely constant leel. If the archie log continues to grow, consider taking one or both of these actions: Add space to the archie log. This might mean moing the archie log to a different file system. For information about moing the archie log, see the Tioli Storage Manager Administrator's Guide. Increase the frequency of full database backups, so that log pruning occurs more frequently. 3. If you defined a directory for the failoer archie log, determine whether any logs get stored in that directory during normal operations. If the failoer log space is being used, consider increasing the size of the archie log. The goal is that the failoer archie log is used only under unusual conditions, not in normal operation. What to do next For details about monitoring, see the Administrator's Guide. 58 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

73 Chapter 4. Installing a Tioli Storage Manager serer fix pack Tioli Storage Manager maintenance updates, which are also referred to as fix packs, bring your serer up to the current maintenance leel. Before you begin To install a fix pack or interim fix to the serer, install the serer at the leel on which you want to run it. You do not hae to start the serer installation at the base release leel. For example, if you currently hae Version installed, you can go directly to the latest fix pack for V7.1. You do not hae to start with the V7.1.0 installation if a maintenance update is aailable. You must hae the Tioli Storage Manager license package installed. The license package is proided with the purchase of a base release. Alternatiely, you can obtain the license package when download a fix pack from the Passport Adantage website. After the fix pack or interim fix is installed, install the license for the serer. To display messages and help in a language other than US English, install the language package of your choice. For information about the estimated time required to install a fix pack, see Techdoc If you upgrade the serer to V7.1 or later, and then reert the serer to a leel that is earlier than V7.1, you must restore the database to a point in time before the upgrade. During the upgrade process, complete the required steps to ensure that the database can be restored: back up the database, the olume history file, the deice configuration file, and the serer options file. For more information, see Chapter 6, Reerting from Version 7.1 to the preious V6 serer, on page 81. Ensure that you retain the installation media from the base release of the installed serer. If you installed Tioli Storage Manager from a DVD, ensure that the DVD is aailable. If you installed Tioli Storage Manager from a downloaded package, ensure that the downloaded files are aailable. If the upgrade fails, and the serer license module is uninstalled, the installation media from the serer base release are required to reinstall the license. Visit this website: Software/Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager for the following information: A list of the latest maintenance and download fixes. Click Support and downloads and apply any applicable fixes. Details about obtaining a base license package. Search for Warranties and licenses. Supported platforms and system requirements. Click Serer requirements. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

74 Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack About this task To install a fix pack or interim fix, complete the following steps. Attention: Do not alter the DB2 software that is installed with Tioli Storage Manager installation packages and fix packs. Do not install or upgrade to a different ersion, release, or fix pack of DB2 software because doing so can damage the database. Procedure 1. Obtain the package file for the fix pack or interim fix that you want to install from the Tioli/Tioli_Storage_Manager site. 2. Change to the directory where you placed the executable file. Then, either double-click the following executable file or enter the following command on the command line to extract the installation files. Tip: The files are extracted to the current directory. Ensure that the executable file is in the directory where you want the extracted files to be located. 6.x.x.x-TIV-TSMALL-platform.exe where: platform denotes the operating system that Tioli Storage Manager is to be installed on. 3. Back up the database. The preferred method is to use a snapshot backup. A snapshot backup is a full database backup that does not interrupt any scheduled database backups. For example, issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: backup db type=dbsnapshot declass=tapeclass See the Administrator's Guide for more details. 4. Back up the deice configuration information. Issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: backup deconfig filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store deice configuration information. 5. Sae the olume history file to another directory or rename the file. Issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: backup olhistory filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store the olume history information. 6. Sae a copy of the serer options file, typically named dsmser.opt. The file is in the serer instance directory. 7. Halt the serer before installing a fix pack or interim fix. Use the HALT command. 8. Ensure that extra space is aailable in the installation directory. The installation of this fix pack might require additional temporary disk space in the installation directory of the serer. The amount of additional disk space can be as much as that required for installing a new database as part of a Tioli Storage Manager installation. The Tioli Storage Manager installation wizard displays the amount of space that is required for installing the fix pack and the aailable amount. If the required amount of space is greater than the aailable 60 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

75 Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack amount, the installation stops. If the installation stops, add the required disk space to the file system and restart the installation. 9. Select one of the following ways of installing Tioli Storage Manager. Important: After a fix pack is installed, it is not necessary to go through the configuration again. You can stop after completing the installation, fix any errors, then restart your serers. Install the Tioli Storage Manager software by using one of the following methods: Installation wizard Follow the instructions for your operating system: Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using the installation wizard on page 30 Tip: After you start the wizard, in the IBM Installation Manager window, click the Update icon; do not click the Install or Modify icon. Command line in console mode Follow the instructions for your operating system: Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode on page 32 Silent mode Follow the instructions for your operating system: Installing Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode on page 33 Tip: If you hae multiple serer instances on your system, run the installation wizard only once. The installation wizard upgrades all serer instances. Results Correct any errors that are detected during the installation process. If you installed the serer by using the installation wizard, you can iew installation logs by using the IBM Installation Manager tool. Click File > View Log. To collect log files, from the IBM Installation Manager tool, click Help > Export Data for Problem Analysis. If you installed the serer by using console mode or silent mode, you can iew error logs in the IBM Installation Manager log directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs Applying a fix pack to Tioli Storage Manager V7 in a clustered enironment To install a fix pack on a Tioli Storage Manager V7 serer in a Windows clustered enironment, seeral steps are required. Before you begin To install a fix pack or interim fix to the serer, install the serer at the leel on which you want to run it. You do not hae to start the serer installation at the base release leel. For example, if you currently hae Version installed, you can go directly to the latest fix pack for V7.1. You do not hae to start with the V7.1.0 installation if a maintenance update is aailable. Chapter 4. Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack 61

76 Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack Procedure 1. Back up the database. The preferred method is to use a snapshot backup. A snapshot backup is a full database backup that does not interrupt any scheduled database backups. For example, issue the following command: backup db type=dbsnapshot declass=tapeclass Important: If the upgrade fails, and you must reert the serer to the preious leel, you will need the database backup and the configuration files that you sae in the next steps. By using the database backup and the configuration files, you might be able to reert the serer to the preious leel. 2. Back up the deice configuration information. Issue the following command: backup deconfig filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store deice configuration information. 3. Back up the olume history information. Issue the following command: backup olhistory filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store the olume history information. 4. Sae a copy of the serer options file, typically named dsmser.opt. The file is in the serer instance directory. 5. Disable automatic failback. Tip: You must disable automatic failback so that no groups automatically fail back during the installation. a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, select Serices and Applications and right-click the cluster group. b. Select Properties. c. On the Failoer tab in the Properties window, select Preent failback and click OK. d. If multiple groups exist, repeat the preceding steps to disable automatic failback for each group. 6. Determine the first serer on which to install the fix pack. 7. Moe the cluster groups from the node where the fix pack is to be installed. 8. Stop the cluster serer node. In the Component Serices window, right-click Cluster Serice and click Stop. 9. Install the Tioli Storage Manager fix pack. For details, see Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack. Tip: Tioli Storage Manager is still running and aailable on another node. If the DB2 installation attempts to access an offline instance near the end of the installation, you might receie error message SQL5005C. This message does not indicate an installation failure. You can ignore the message. 10. Take the Tioli Storage Manager serer and the DB2 resources offline: a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, select Serices and Applications and then select the cluster group. The resources for the group are displayed. In the Other Resources section, SERVER1 and the Tioli Storage Manager serer are displayed. 62 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

77 Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack b. In the Other Resources section, right-click the Tioli Storage Manager Instance(x) Serer, where x represents the instance number. Select Take this resource Offline. Repeat this step for SERVER Restart the cluster serice on the current node. In the Component Serices window, right-click Cluster Serice and click Start. 12. Moe the cluster groups to the current node: a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, click Serices and Applications. b. Right-click the cluster group and select Moe this serice or application to another node. The Current Owner column changes to the current node. c. Optional: If multiple groups exist, moe the other cluster groups to the current node by repeating steps 12a and 12b. 13. Start the DB2 resources: a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, select Serices and Applications, and then select the cluster group. b. Right-click SERVER1 and select Bring this serice online. Repeat this step for each Tioli Storage Manager Instance (x) Serer, where x represents the instance number. 14. Stop the cluster serice on the second node. In the Component Serices window, right-click Cluster Serice and click Stop. 15. Install the Tioli Storage Manager fix pack. Tioli Storage Manager is now running and aailable on the first node. If the DB2 installation attempts to access an offline instance before the installation is completed, you might receie error message SQL5005C. This message does not indicate an installation failure. You can ignore the message. 16. Restart the cluster serice on this node. In the Component Serices window, right-click Cluster Serice and click Start. 17. Moe the cluster groups back to the serers that you want to use: a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, click Serices and Applications. b. Right-click the group that you want to moe and select Moe this serice or application to another node. The Current Owner column changes to the selected node. c. For any other nodes that must be moed to the owners that you want to use, repeat step 17b. This step reerts the Microsoft Cluster Serer enironment to its initial configuration. 18. Restart automatic failback processing: a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, right-click the cluster group. b. Select Properties. c. On the Failoer tab of the Cluster Group Properties window, select Allow failback, and click OK. Chapter 4. Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack 63

78 Installing a Tioli Storage Manager fix pack 64 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

79 Chapter 5. Upgrading to Tioli Storage Manager Version You can upgrade a Tioli Storage Manager V5 or V6 serer to V If a V5 serer is installed on an AIX, HP-UX, Solaris, or z/os operating system, you can complete a cross-platform migration to V7.1.1 on a different operating system. About this task To upgrade the serer on the same operating system, see the upgrade instructions: Table 12. Upgrade information To upgrade from this ersion To this ersion See this information V7.1 V7.1 fix pack or interim fix Chapter 4, Installing a Tioli Storage Manager serer fix pack, on page 59 V6.2 or V6.3 V7.1.1 Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 on page 66 V6.1 V7.1.1 Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 to V7.1.1 on page 74 V5 V7.1.1 Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers For information about upgrades in a clustered enironment, see Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager in a clustered enironment on page 74. If a Tioli Storage Manager V5 serer is installed, and you prefer to upgrade the serer to V7.1.1 on a different operating system, see the instructions for serer migration: Table 13. Migration information To migrate the serer from this operating system To this operating system See this information AIX Linux x86_64 Section about migrating Tioli Storage Manager V5 serers on AIX, HP-UX, or Solaris systems to V7.1 on Linux in the Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers HP-UX Linux x86_64 Section about migrating Tioli Storage Manager V5 serers on AIX, HP-UX, or Solaris systems to V7.1 on Linux in the Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

80 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Table 13. Migration information (continued) To migrate the serer from this operating system To this operating system See this information Solaris Linux x86_64 Section about migrating Tioli Storage Manager V5 serers on AIX, HP-UX, or Solaris systems to V7.1 on Linux in the Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers z/os AIX Section about migrating Tioli Storage Manager V5 serers on z/os systems to V7 on AIX or Linux on System z in the Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers z/os Linux on System z Section about migrating Tioli Storage Manager V5 serers on z/os systems to V7 on AIX or Linux on System z in the Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers To reert to an earlier ersion of Tioli Storage Manager after an upgrade or migration, you must hae a full database backup and the installation software for the original serer. You must also hae key configuration files: Volume history file Deice configuration file Serer options file dsmser.dsk file (for a serer upgrade or migration from V5 to V7.1.1) Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 You can upgrade the serer directly from Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V You do not need to uninstall V6.2 or V6.3. Before you begin Ensure that you retain the installation media from the V6.2 or V6.3 serer base release that you are upgrading. If you installed Tioli Storage Manager from a DVD, ensure that the DVD is aailable. If you installed Tioli Storage Manager from a downloaded package, ensure that the downloaded files are aailable. If the upgrade fails, and the serer license module is uninstalled, the installation media from the serer base release are required to reinstall the license. Procedure To upgrade the serer to V7.1.1, complete the following tasks: 1. Planning the upgrade on page Preparing the system on page Installing the V7.1.1 serer and erifying the upgrade on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

81 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Planning the upgrade Before you upgrade the serer from V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1, you must reiew the releant planning information, such as system requirements and release notes. Then, select an appropriate day and time to upgrade the system so that you can minimize the impact on production operations. About this task In lab tests, the process of upgrading the serer from V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1 took minutes. The results that you achiee might differ, depending on your hardware and software enironment, and the size of the serer database. The following table shows the results that were obtained in lab tests. Table 14. V6 to V7 upgrade times in lab tests Version of source system Version of target system Operating system Size of serer database Random access memory Upgrade time V6.3.4 V7.1 AIX 17 GB 64 GB 40 minutes V6.3.4 V7.1 AIX 487 GB 32 GB 45 minutes V6.3.4 V7.1 AIX 3.8 TB 64 GB 35 minutes V6.2.5 V7.1 Linux 6.16 GB 16 GB 15 minutes V6.3.4 V7.1 Linux 30 GB 16 GB 14 minutes V6.2.5 V7.1 Linux 70 GB 16 GB 24 minutes V6.3.4 V7.1 Linux 1.4 TB 64 GB 30 minutes V6.2.5 V7.1 Solaris 9.43 GB 32 GB 35 minutes V6.3.4 V7.1 Windows 2.35 TB 64 GB 45 minutes Procedure 1. Reiew the hardware and software requirements: System requirements for the Tioli Storage Manager serer on page 4 For the latest updates related to system requirements, see the Tioli Storage Manager support website at dociew.wss?uid=swg For special instructions or specific information for your operating system, reiew the release notes ( SSGSG7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.common.doc/r_relnotes_sr.html) and readme files ( for V7.1.1 serer components. 3. If the serer that you are upgrading is at a release leel that is earlier than V , reiew Technote ( dociew.wss?uid=swg ). The technote describes improements in the database reorganization process, and configuration changes that you might be required to make. 4. Select an appropriate day and time to upgrade your system to minimize the impact on production operations. The amount of time that is required to update the system depends on the database size and many other factors. When you start the upgrade process, clients cannot connect to the serer until the new software is installed and any required licenses are registered again. Chapter 5. Upgrading the serer from V6 to V

82 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Preparing the system To prepare the system for the upgrade from V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1, you must gather information about each DB2 instance. Then, back up the serer database, sae key configuration files, cancel sessions, and stop the serer. Procedure 1. Log on to the computer where Tioli Storage Manager is installed. Ensure that you are logged on with the administratie user ID that was used to install the V6.2 or V6.3 serer. 2. Obtain a list of DB2 instances. Issue the following system command: db2ilist The output might be similar to the following example: SERVER1 Ensure that each instance corresponds to a serer that is running on the system. 3. Gather information about each DB2 instance. Note the default database path, actual database path, database name, database alias, and any DB2 ariables that are configured for the instance. Keep the record for future reference. This information is required to restore the V6 database. a. Open the DB2 command window by issuing the following system command: db2cmd b. To change the instance, issue the following system command: set DB2INSTANCE=instance where instance specifies the DB2 instance. c. Obtain the default database path for the DB2 instance by issuing the following system command: db2 get dbm cfg findstr DFTDBPATH The output might be similar to the following example: Default database path (DFTDBPATH) = D: d. Obtain information about the DB2 instance databases by issuing the following system command: db2 list database directory The output might be similar to the following example: System Database Directory Number of entries in the directory = 2 Database 1 entry: Database alias = TSMAL001 Database name = TSMDB1 Node name = TSMNODE1 Database release leel = d.00 Comment = TSM SERVER DATABASE VIA TCPIP Directory entry type = Remote Catalog database partition number = -1 Alternate serer hostname = Alternate serer port number = 68 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

83 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Database 2 entry: Database alias = TSMDB1 Database name = TSMDB1 Local database directory = D: Database release leel = d.00 Comment = Directory entry type = Indirect Catalog database partition number = 0 Alternate serer hostname = Alternate serer port number = e. Obtain the DB2 instance ariables by issuing the following system command: db2set -all The output might be similar to the following example: [e] DB2CODEPAGE=1208 [e] DB2PATH=D:\TSM\db2 [i] DB2_PMODEL_SETTINGS=MAX_BACKGROUND_SYSAPPS:500 [i] DB2_SKIPINSERTED=ON [i] DB2_KEEPTABLELOCK=OFF [i] DB2_EVALUNCOMMITTED=ON [i] DB2_VENDOR_INI=D:\Serer1\tsmdbmgr.en [i] DB2_SKIPDELETED=ON [i] DB2INSTPROF=C:\ProgramData\IBM\DB2\DB2TSM1 [i] DB2COMM=TCPIP [i] DB2CODEPAGE=819 [i] DB2_PARALLEL_IO=* [g] DB2_EXTSECURITY=YES [g] DB2_COMMON_APP_DATA_PATH=C:\ProgramData [g] DB2SYSTEM=EVO [g] DB2PATH=D:\TSM\db2 [g] DB2INSTDEF=SERVER1 4. Connect to the Tioli Storage Manager serer by using an administratie user ID. 5. Back up the Tioli Storage Manager database by using the BACKUP DB command. The preferred method is to create a snapshot backup, which is a full database backup that does not interrupt scheduled database backups. For example, you can create a snapshot backup by issuing the following command: backup db type=dbsnapshot declass=tapeclass For more information about this command and other Tioli Storage Manager administratie commands, see the Administrator's Reference. 6. Back up the deice configuration information to another directory by issuing the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: backup deconfig filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store deice configuration information. Tip: If you decide to restore the V6 database, this file is required. 7. Back up the olume history file to another directory. Issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: backup olhistory filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store the olume history information. Chapter 5. Upgrading the serer from V6 to V

84 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Tip: If you decide to restore the V6 database, this file is required. 8. Sae a copy of the serer options file, which is typically named dsmser.opt. The file is in the serer instance directory. 9. Preent actiity on the serer by disabling new sessions. Issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie commands: disable sessions client disable sessions serer 10. Verify whether any sessions exist, and notify the users that the serer will be stopped. To check for existing sessions, issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: query session 11. Cancel sessions by issuing the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: cancel session all This command cancels all sessions except for your current session. 12. Stop the serer by issuing the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: halt 13. Verify that the serer is shut down and no processes are running. Open the Windows Task Manager application and reiew the list of actie processes. 14. In the serer instance directory of your installation, locate the NODELOCK file and moe it to another directory, where you are saing configuration files. The NODELOCK file contains the preious licensing information for your installation. This licensing information is replaced when the upgrade is complete. Installing the V7.1.1 serer and erifying the upgrade To complete the process of upgrading the serer from V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1, you must install the V7.1.1 serer. Then, erify that the upgrade was successful by starting the serer instance. Before you begin You must be logged on to the system with the administratie user ID that was used to install the V6.2 or V6.3 serer. You can obtain the installation package from the product DVD or from an IBM download site. About this task By using the Tioli Storage Manager installation software, you can install the following components: Tioli Storage Manager serer Tioli Storage Manager serer languages Tioli Storage Manager license Tioli Storage Manager deices Tioli Storage Manager Operations Center Tioli Storage Manager storage agent 70 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

85 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Tip: The database (DB2) and the Global Security Kit are automatically installed when you select the serer component. For more information about storage agents, see Tioli Storage Manager for Storage Area Networks ( SSSQZW_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sta.doc/c_oeriew.html). Procedure 1. If you are obtaining the package from an IBM download site, download the appropriate package file from one of the following websites: For a new release, go to Passport Adantage at software/lotus/passportadantage/. Passport Adantage is the only website from which you can download a licensed package file. For a maintenance fix, go to the Tioli Storage Manager support site at Tioli_Storage_Manager. 2. If you are downloading the package from one of the download sites, complete the following steps: a. Verify that you hae enough space to store the installation files when they are extracted from the product package. For space requirements, see the download document for your product: Tioli Storage Manager: dociew.wss?uid=swg Tioli Storage Manager Extended Edition: support/dociew.wss?uid=swg System Storage Archie Manager: support/dociew.wss?uid=swg b. Change to the directory where you placed the executable file. Tip: In the next step, the files are extracted to the current directory. The path must contain no more than 128 characters. Be sure to extract the installation files to an empty directory. Do not extract to a directory that contains preiously extracted files, or any other files. c. To extract the installation files, double-click the executable file: package_name.exe where package_name is like this example: TIV-TSMSRV-Windows.exe The package is large. Therefore, the extraction takes some time. 3. Install the Tioli Storage Manager software by using one of the following methods. During the installation process, you must install the Tioli Storage Manager license. Tip: If you hae multiple serer instances on your system, install the Tioli Storage Manager software only once to upgrade all serer instances. Installation wizard To install the serer by using the graphical wizard of IBM Installation Manager, follow the instructions in Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using the installation wizard on page 30. Chapter 5. Upgrading the serer from V6 to V

86 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Ensure that your system meets the prerequisites for using the installation wizard. Then, complete the installation procedure. In the IBM Installation Manager window, click the Install icon; do not click the Update or Modify icon. Command line in console mode To install the serer by using the command line in console mode, follow the instructions in Installing Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode on page 32. Reiew the information about installing the serer in console mode and then complete the installation procedure. Silent mode To install the serer by using silent mode, follow the instructions in Installing Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode on page 33. Reiew the information about installing the serer in silent mode and then complete the installation procedure. After you install the Tioli Storage Manager software, you do not hae to reconfigure the system. 4. Correct any errors that are detected during the installation process. If you installed the serer by using the installation wizard, you can iew installation logs by using the IBM Installation Manager tool. Click File > View Log. To collect log files, from the IBM Installation Manager tool, click Help > Export Data for Problem Analysis. If you installed the serer by using console mode or silent mode, you can iew error logs in the IBM Installation Manager log directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs 5. Obtain any applicable fixes by going to the following website: Tioli_Storage_Manager. Click Downloads (fixes and PTFs) and apply any applicable fixes. 6. Verify that the upgrade was successful: a. Start the serer instance. To start the serer from the default directory, C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM, issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: dsmser -k serer_instance where serer_instance is the name of your serer instance. Serer1 is the default name for the first instance of the Tioli Storage Manager serer. If you plan to run the serer as a serice under the Local System account, the Local System account must be explicitly granted access to the Tioli Storage Manager database. For instructions, see Starting the serer as a Windows serice on page 52. b. Monitor the messages that the serer issues as it starts. Watch for error and warning messages, and resole any issues. c. Verify that you can connect to the serer by using the administratie client. To start an administratie client session, issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: dsmadmc d. To obtain information about the upgraded system, run QUERY commands. For example, to obtain consolidated information about the system, issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: 72 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

87 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer query system To obtain information about the database, issue the following Tioli Storage Manager administratie command: query db format=detailed 7. Register the licenses for the Tioli Storage Manager serer components that are installed on your system by issuing the REGISTER LICENSE command: register license file=installation_directory\serer\component_name.lic where installation_directory specifies the directory in which you installed the component, and component_name specifies the abbreiation for the component. For example, if you installed the serer in the default directory, c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM, register the license by issuing the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\tsmbasic.lic For example, if you installed Tioli Storage Manager Extended Edition in the c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM directory, issue the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\tsmee.lic For example, if you installed System Storage Archie Manager in the c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM directory, issue the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\dataret.lic Restriction: You cannot use the Tioli Storage Manager serer to register licenses for Tioli Storage Manager for Mail, Tioli Storage Manager for Databases, Tioli Storage Manager for ERP, and Tioli Storage Manager for Space Management. The REGISTER LICENSE command does not apply to these licenses. The licensing for these products is done by Tioli Storage Manager clients. 8. Optional: To install an additional language package, use the modify function of the IBM Installation Manager. 9. Optional: To upgrade to a newer ersion of a language package, use the update function of the IBM Installation Manager. What to do next You can authenticate passwords with the LDAP directory serer, or authenticate passwords with the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Passwords that are authenticated with the LDAP directory serer can proide enhanced system security. For instructions, see the section about managing passwords and logon procedures in the Administrator's Guide. If a natie deice drier is aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, use the natie deice drier. If a natie deice drier is not aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, install the Tioli Storage Manager deice drier by issuing the dpinst.exe /a command. The dpinst.exe file is in the deice drier directory. The default directory is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\deice\driers. Chapter 5. Upgrading the serer from V6 to V

88 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 to V7.1.1 You can upgrade the Tioli Storage Manager serer from V6.1 to V6.3, and then upgrade the serer to V It is not possible to upgrade the serer directly from V6.1 to V Before you begin Ensure that you retain the installation media from the base release of the V6.1 and V6.3 serers. If you obtained the Tioli Storage Manager software from a DVD, ensure that the DVD is aailable. If you obtained the Tioli Storage Manager software from a downloaded package, ensure that the downloaded files are aailable. If the upgrade fails, and the serer license module is uninstalled, the installation media from the serer base release are required to reinstall the license. Procedure 1. Upgrade the serer from V6.1 to V6.3, as described in Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager Version 6.1 to 6.3 or later ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_6.3.0/com.ibm.itsm.sr.install.doc/ t_sr_upgrade61_63.html). 2. Upgrade the serer from V6.3 to V7.1.1, as described in Upgrading from Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 on page 66. Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager in a clustered enironment To upgrade a Tioli Storage Manager serer to V7.1.1 in a clustered enironment, you must complete preparation and installation tasks. The procedures ary, depending on the operating system and release. Procedure Follow the procedure for your operating system, source release, and target release: Table 15. Procedures for upgrading the serer in a clustered enironment on a Windows operating system Source release Target release Procedure V7.1 V7.1 fix pack Applying a fix pack to Tioli Storage Manager V7 in a clustered enironment on page 61 V6.2 or V6.3 V7.1.1 Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 in a clustered enironment on page 75 V6.1 V7.1.1 Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 to V7.1.1 in a clustered enironment on page 77 V5 V7.1.1 Upgrade and Migration Guide for V5 Serers 74 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

89 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager V6.2 or V6.3 to V7.1.1 in a clustered enironment To take adantage of new product features, you can upgrade a Tioli Storage Manager serer that is installed on a Windows operating system in a clustered enironment from V6.2 or V6.3 to V Before you begin Ensure that you retain the installation media from the V6.2 or V6.3 serer base release that you are upgrading. If you installed Tioli Storage Manager from a DVD, ensure that the DVD is aailable. If you installed Tioli Storage Manager from a downloaded package, ensure that the downloaded files are aailable. If the upgrade fails, and the serer license module is uninstalled, the installation media from the serer base release are required to reinstall the license. Procedure 1. If you plan to install the Tioli Storage Manager V7.1.1 serer on the Windows Serer 2012 operating system, install the failoer cluster automation serer and the failoer cluster command interface first. To install these components, issue the following commands from Windows 2.0 PowerShell: Install-WindowsFeature -Name RSAT-Clustering-AutomationSerer Install-WindowsFeature -Name RSAT-Clustering-CmdInterface 2. Back up the database by using the BACKUP DB command. The preferred method is to use a snapshot backup, which proides a full database backup without interrupting scheduled backups. For example, you can create a snapshot backup by issuing the following command: backup db type=dbsnapshot declass=tapeclass For more information about the BACKUP DB command and other Tioli Storage Manager administratie commands, see the Administrator's Reference. 3. Back up the deice configuration information to another directory. Issue the following command: backup deconfig filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store deice configuration information. 4. Back up the olume history file to another directory. Issue the following command: backup olhistory filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store the olume history information. 5. Sae a copy of the serer options file, typically named dsmser.opt. The file is in the serer instance directory. 6. Ensure that the resource group is on the primary node, and that all nodes in the cluster are running. Take the following actions on the primary node: a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, take the Tioli Storage Manager serer resource offline and delete it: 1) Select Serices and applications, and then select the cluster group. The Tioli Storage Manager serer resource is displayed in the Other Resources section. 2) Select the Tioli Storage Manager serer resource, and click Take this resource offline. Chapter 5. Upgrading the serer from V6 to V

90 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer 3) To delete the Tioli Storage Manager serer resource, select it, and click Delete. b. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, delete the network name and IP address: 1) In the Serer name section, expand the network name to iew the IP address. Note the network name and IP address. 2) Select the network name and the IP address, and click Delete. c. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, take the DB2 serer resource offline: 1) Select Serices and applications, and then select the cluster group. The Tioli Storage Manager serer resource is displayed in the Other Resources section. 2) Select the DB2 serer resource, for example, SERVER1, and click Take this resource offline. 7. On the primary node, remoe DB2 clustering from each Tioli Storage Manager instance in the cluster by issuing the following command: db2mscs -u:instancename For example: db2mscs -u:serer1 Tip: You might see an error message about a missing cluster resource. Ignore this message. 8. On the primary node, in the Failoer Cluster Manager window, reiew the resource group Summary section. Verify that only the shared disks and any tape resources remain in the resource group. 9. Install the Tioli Storage Manager V7.1.1 serer on each node in the cluster. For instructions, see Chapter 2, Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components, on page 29. If you use the installation wizard to install the serer, in the IBM Installation Manager window, click the Install icon. Do not click the Update or Modify icon. 10. On the primary node, start the serer in the foreground to allow the database schema reconciliation and configuration to be completed. When the serer starts, halt it by issuing the HALT command. If your enironment has multiple serer instances, complete this step for each instance. 11. On the primary node, start the configuration wizard by clicking Start > All Programs > Tioli Storage Manager > Configuration Wizard. Step through the configuration wizard: a. When you are prompted to enter the user ID, enter the name of the domain account that is associated with the cluster. b. When you are prompted to enter the instance name, enter the name of the instance that you are reclustering. c. When you are prompted to indicate whether you want to recluster, click Yes. d. Continue stepping through the wizard until you see a message that the configuration was successful. 12. Register the licenses for the Tioli Storage Manager serer components that are installed on your system by issuing the REGISTER LICENSE command: register license file=installation_directory\serer\component_name.lic 76 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

91 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer where installation_directory specifies the directory in which you installed the component and component_name specifies the abbreiation for the component. For example, if you installed the serer in the default directory, c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM, register the license by issuing the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\tsmbasic.lic For example, if you installed Tioli Storage Manager Extended Edition in the c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM directory, issue the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\tsmee.lic For example, if you installed System Storage Archie Manager in the c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM directory, issue the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\dataret.lic Restriction: You cannot use the Tioli Storage Manager serer to register licenses for Tioli Storage Manager for Mail, Tioli Storage Manager for Databases, Tioli Storage Manager for ERP, and Tioli Storage Manager for Space Management. The REGISTER LICENSE command does not apply to these licenses. The licensing for these products is done by Tioli Storage Manager clients. What to do next If a natie deice drier is aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, use the natie deice drier. If a natie deice drier is not aailable, install the Tioli Storage Manager deice drier by issuing the dpinst.exe /a command. The dpinst.exe file is in the deice drier directory, and the default location is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\deice\driers. Upgrading Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 to V7.1.1 in a clustered enironment To take adantage of new features in Tioli Storage Manager, you can upgrade a Tioli Storage Manager serer that is installed on a Windows operating system in a clustered enironment from V6.1 to V Before you begin Ensure that you retain the installation media from the V6.1 and V6.3 serer base releases. If you obtained the Tioli Storage Manager software from a DVD, ensure that the DVD is aailable. If you obtained the Tioli Storage Manager software from a downloaded package, ensure that the downloaded files are aailable. If the upgrade fails, and the serer license module is uninstalled, the installation media from the serer base release are required to reinstall the license. Procedure 1. If you plan to install the Tioli Storage Manager V7.1.1 serer on the Windows Serer 2012 operating system, install the failoer cluster automation serer and the failoer cluster command interface first. To install these components, issue the following commands from Windows 2.0 PowerShell: Install-WindowsFeature -Name RSAT-Clustering-AutomationSerer Install-WindowsFeature -Name RSAT-Clustering-CmdInterface 2. Back up the database by using the BACKUP DB command. The preferred method is to use a snapshot backup, which proides a full database backup without Chapter 5. Upgrading the serer from V6 to V

92 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer interrupting scheduled backups. For example, you can create a snapshot backup by issuing the following command: backup db type=dbsnapshot declass=tapeclass For more information about the BACKUP DB command and other Tioli Storage Manager administratie commands, see the Administrator's Reference. 3. Back up the deice configuration information to another directory. Issue the following command: backup deconfig filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store deice configuration information. 4. Back up the olume history file to another directory. Issue the following command: backup olhistory filenames=file_name where file_name specifies the name of the file in which to store the olume history information. 5. Sae a copy of the serer options file, typically named dsmser.opt. The file is in the serer instance directory. 6. Ensure that the resource group is on the primary node, and that all nodes in the cluster are running. Take the following actions on the primary node: a. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, take the Tioli Storage Manager serer resource offline and delete it: 1) Select Serices and applications, and then select the cluster group. The Tioli Storage Manager serer resource is displayed in the Other Resources section. 2) Select the Tioli Storage Manager serer resource, and click Take this resource offline. 3) To delete the Tioli Storage Manager serer resource, select it, and click Delete. b. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, delete the network name and IP address: 1) In the Serer name section, expand the network name to iew the IP address. Note the network name and IP address. 2) Select the network name and the IP address, and click Delete. c. In the Failoer Cluster Manager window, take the DB2 serer resource offline: 1) Select Serices and applications, and then select the cluster group. The Tioli Storage Manager serer resource is displayed in the Other Resources section. 2) Select the DB2 serer resource, for example, SERVER1, and click Take this resource offline. 7. On the primary node, to remoe DB2 clustering from the instance, for each Tioli Storage Manager instance in the cluster, issue the following command: db2mscs -u:instancename For example: db2mscs -u:serer1 Tip: You might see an error message about a missing cluster resource. Ignore this message. 78 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

93 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer 8. On the primary node, in the Failoer Cluster Manager window, in the resource group Summary section, erify that only the shared disks and any tape resources remain in the resource group. 9. On the primary node, install the Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 serer by using the./install.bin command. For detailed instructions about installing the V6.3 serer, see Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components ( com.ibm.itsm.sr.install.doc/t_sr_inst.html). 10. On the primary node, install the Tioli Storage Manager V7.1.1 serer. For instructions, see Chapter 2, Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components, on page 29. If you use the installation wizard to install the serer, in the IBM Installation Manager window, click the Install icon. Do not click the Update or Modify icon. 11. On each secondary node, uninstall Tioli Storage Manager V6.1: a. Change to the following directory: C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\_uninst b. Issue the following command: Uninstall Tioli Storage Manager.exe 12. On the primary node, start the configuration wizard by clicking Start > All Programs > Tioli Storage Manager > Configuration Wizard. Step through the configuration wizard: a. When you are prompted to enter the instance name, enter the name of the instance that you are reclustering. b. When you are prompted to enter the user ID, enter the name of the domain account that is associated with the cluster. c. When you are prompted to indicate whether you want to recluster, click Yes. d. Continue stepping through the wizard until you see a message that the configuration was successful. 13. Register the licenses for the Tioli Storage Manager serer components that are installed on your system by issuing the REGISTER LICENSE command: register license file=installation_directory\serer\component_name.lic where installation_directory specifies the directory in which you installed the component and component_name specifies the abbreiation for the component. For example, if you installed the serer in the default directory, c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM, register the license by issuing the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\tsmbasic.lic For example, if you installed Tioli Storage Manager Extended Edition in the c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM directory, issue the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\tsmee.lic For example, if you installed System Storage Archie Manager in the c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM directory, issue the following command: register license file=c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\serer\dataret.lic Restriction: You cannot use the Tioli Storage Manager serer to register licenses for Tioli Storage Manager for Mail, Tioli Storage Manager for Databases, Tioli Storage Manager for ERP, and Tioli Storage Manager for Chapter 5. Upgrading the serer from V6 to V

94 Upgrading the Tioli Storage Manager serer Space Management. The REGISTER LICENSE command does not apply to these licenses. The licensing for these products is done by Tioli Storage Manager clients. What to do next If a natie deice drier is aailable on Windows for the tape dries or medium changers that you plan to use, use the natie deice drier. If a natie deice drier is not aailable, install the Tioli Storage Manager deice drier by issuing the dpinst.exe /a command. The dpinst.exe file is in the deice drier directory, and the default location is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\deice\driers. Remoing GSKit Version 7 after upgrading to Tioli Storage Manager Version The Tioli Storage Manager installation wizard upgrades GSKit Version 8 and later. GSKit Version 7 is not remoed or upgraded when you upgrade to Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1.1, een if GSKit was installed with an earlier ersion of Tioli Storage Manager. About this task If you no longer need GSKit V7 and want to free up space on your system, you can remoe it after the upgrade to Tioli Storage Manager V Important: Remoing GSKit V7 might affect other programs on your system that rely on it. Procedure To remoe GSKit V7, complete the following steps: 1. Back up your registry. a. Click Start, and then click Run. b. Type Regedit. Click OK. c. To sae a copy of your registry, select File > Export. d. If you must later restore the registry, select File > Import. For more information, see the Windows documentation. 2. Locate the directory where the GSKit is installed. The default directory is C:\Program Files\IBM\gsk7\. 3. Remoe the GSKit installation directory, gsk7, and all subfiles and directories. Right-click the folder and click Delete. 4. Remoe the GSKit 7 registry key and all subkeys and alues. Important: Remoing the wrong key can cause system problems such as not being able to restart the workstation. a. Click Start, and then click Run. b. Type Regedit. Click OK. c. The GSKit registry key is in this directory: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\ IBM. Right-click the registry key, HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\IBM\GSK7, and click Delete. 80 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

95 Chapter 6. Reerting from Version 7.1 to the preious V6 serer If you must reert to the preious ersion of the serer after an upgrade, you must hae a full database backup from your original ersion. You must also hae the serer installation media for your original ersion and key configuration files. Carefully follow the preparation steps before you upgrade the serer. By doing so, it might be possible to reert to the preious ersion of the Tioli Storage Manager serer with minimal loss of data. Before you begin You must hae the following items from the earlier ersion of the serer: Serer database backup Volume history file Deice configuration file Serer options file About this task Use the same instructions whether you are reerting within releases or to an earlier release, for example, from to or from to The older ersion must match the ersion that you used before the upgrade to Attention: Specify the REUSEDELAY parameter to help preent backup-archie client data loss when you reert the serer to a preious ersion. Steps for reerting to the preious serer ersion About this task Complete the following steps on the system that has the V7.1 serer. Procedure 1. Halt the serer to shut down all serer operations by using the HALT command. 2. Remoe the database from the database manager, then delete the database and recoery log directories. a. Manually remoe the database. One way to remoe it is by issuing this command: dsmser -k instance_name remoedb tsmdb1 b. If you must reuse the space that is occupied by the database and recoery log directories, you can now delete these directories. 3. Use the uninstallation program to uninstall the V7.1.1 serer. Uninstallation remoes the serer and the database manager, with their directories. For details, see Chapter 8, Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager, on page Reinstall the ersion of the serer program that you were using before the upgrade to V7.1. This ersion must match the ersion that your serer was running when you created the database backup that you restore in a later step. For example, the serer was at ersion before the upgrade, and Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

96 Reerting to a preious Version 6 serer ersion you intend to use the database backup that was in use on this serer. You must install the fix pack to be able to restore the database backup. 5. Copy the following files to the instance directory. Deice configuration file Volume history file The serer options file (typically dsmser.opt) 6. Configure the new serer database by using the configuration wizard. To start the wizard, issue the following command: /dsmicfgx 7. Ensure that no serers are running in the background. 8. Restore the database to a point in time before the upgrade. For more details, see the restoring the serer database to a point in time section in the Administrator s Guide. 9. If you enabled data deduplication for any FILE-type storage pools that existed before the upgrade, or if you moed data that existed before the upgrade into new storage pools while using the V7.1 serer, you must complete additional recoery steps. For more details, see Additional recoery steps if you created new storage pools or enabled data deduplication. 10. If the REUSEDELAY parameter setting on storage pools is less than the age of the database that you restored, restore olumes on any sequential-access storage pools that were reclaimed after that database backup. Use the RESTORE VOLUME command. If you do not hae a backup of a storage pool, audit the reclaimed olumes by using the AUDIT VOLUME command, with the FIX=YES parameter to resole inconsistencies. For example: audit olume olume_name fix=yes 11. If client backup or archie operations were completed using the V7.1 serer, audit the storage pool olumes on which the data was stored. Additional recoery steps if you created new storage pools or enabled data deduplication If you created new storage pools, turned on data deduplication for any FILE-type storage pools, or did both while your serer was running as a V7.1.1 serer, you must complete more steps to return to the preious serer ersion. Before you begin To complete this task, you must hae a complete backup of the storage pool that was created before the upgrade to V About this task Use this information if you did either or both of the following actions while your serer was running as a V7.1.1 serer: You enabled the data deduplication function for any storage pools that existed before the upgrade to V7.1.1 program. Data deduplication applies only to storage pools that use a FILE deice type. You created new, primary storage pools after the upgrade, and moed data that was stored in other storage pools into the new storage pools. Complete these steps after the serer is again restored to V6. 82 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

97 Reerting to a preious Version 6 serer ersion Procedure For each storage pool for which you enabled the data deduplication function, restore the entire storage pool by using the RESTORE STGPOOL command. For storage pools that you created after the upgrade, determine what action to take. Data that was moed from existing, V6 storage pools into the new storage pools might be lost because the new storage pools no longer exist in your restored V6 serer. Possible recoery depends on the type of storage pool: If data was moed from V6 DISK-type storage pools into a new storage pool, space that was occupied by the data that was moed was probably reused. Therefore, you must restore the original, V6 storage pools, by using the storage pool backups that were created before the upgrade to V7.1. If no data was moed from V6 DISK-type storage pools into a new storage pool, then audit the storage pool olumes in these DISK-type storage pools. If data was moed from V6 sequential-access storage pools into a new storage pool, that data might still exist and be usable in storage pool olumes on the restored V6 serer. The data might be usable if the REUSEDELAY parameter for the storage pool was set to a alue that preented reclamation while the serer was running as a V7.1.1 serer. If any olumes were reclaimed while the serer was running as a V7.1.1 serer, restore those olumes from storage pool backups that were created before the upgrade to V Reerting to the preious serer ersion in a cluster configuration If you must reert to the preious ersion of the serer after an upgrade, you must hae a full database backup from your original ersion. You must also hae the serer installation media for your original ersion and key configuration files. Carefully follow the preparation steps before you upgrade the serer. By doing so, it might be possible to reert to the preious ersion of the Tioli Storage Manager serer with minimal loss of data. Before you begin You must hae the following items from the earlier ersion of the serer: Serer database backup Volume history file Deice configuration file Serer options file Steps for reerting to the preious serer ersion Carefully follow the preparation steps before you upgrade the serer. By doing so, it might be possible to reert to the preious ersion of the Tioli Storage Manager serer with minimal loss of data. About this task Complete the following steps on the system that has the Version serer. Procedure 1. Delete the Tioli Storage Manager serer resource and the network resource in Microsoft Failoer Cluster Manager. a. Open Failoer Cluster Manager. Under Other Resources, right-click the Tioli Storage Manager instance resource. Select Take this resource offline. Chapter 6. Reerting from Version 7.1 to the preious V6 serer 83

98 Reerting to a preious Version 6 serer ersion b. Delete the Tioli Storage Manager instance. c. Under Serer Name, expand the network name and record the cluster TCP/IP address. d. Delete the network name. 2. Remoe the DB2 cluster from the instance by issuing the following command: DB2mscs -u:instance_name For example, if the serer instance is Serer1, enter the command: db2mscs -u:serer1 Tip: You might see an error message about a missing cluster resource. Disregard this message. 3. Remoe the database. One way to remoe it is by issuing this command: dsmser -k instance_name remoedb tsmdb1 4. On each system in the cluster, delete the Tioli Storage Manager Version tsmsrrsc DLL files by completing the following steps: a. Stop the cluster serice. One way to stop it is by using the Serices Application. Right-click Cluster Serice and select Stop. b. Delete the tsmsrrscenxx64.dll and tsmsrrscx64.dll files from the C:\Windows\Cluster directory. c. Start the cluster serice. One way to start it is by using the Serices Application. Right-click Cluster Serice and select Start. 5. Use the uninstallation program to uninstall the V7.1.1 serer. Uninstallation remoes the serer and the database manager, with their directories. For details, see Chapter 8, Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager, on page Reinstall the ersion of the serer program that you were using before the upgrade to V7.1. This ersion must match the ersion that your serer was running when you created the database backup that you restore in a later step. For example, the serer was at ersion before the upgrade, and you intend to use the database backup that was in use on this serer. You must install the fix pack to be able to restore the database backup. 7. Copy the following files to the instance directory. Deice configuration file Volume history file The serer options file (typically dsmser.opt) 8. Use the configuration wizard (dsmicfgx) to recreate the serer instance. 9. Restore the database to a point in time before the upgrade. For more details, see the restoring the serer database to a point in time section in the Administrator s Guide. 84 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

99 Chapter 7. Reference: DB2 commands for Tioli Storage Manager serer databases Use this list as reference when you are directed to issue DB2 commands by IBM support. Purpose After using the wizards to install and configure Tioli Storage Manager, you seldom need to issue DB2 commands. A limited set of DB2 commands that you might use or be asked to issue are listed in Table 16. This list is supplemental material only and is not a comprehensie list. There is no implication that a Tioli Storage Manager administrator will use it on a daily or ongoing basis. Samples of some commands are proided. Details of output are not listed. For a full explanation of the commands described here and of their syntax, see Table 16. DB2 commands Command Description Example db2cmd Opens the command line processor DB2 window, and initializes the DB2 command-line enironment. Open the DB2 command window: db2cmd db2icrt Creates DB2 instances in the home directory of the instance owner. Manually create a Tioli Storage Manager instance. Enter the command on one line: Tip: The Tioli Storage Manager /opt/tioli/tsm/db2/instance/ configuration wizard creates the instance db2icrt -a serer -s ese -u used by the serer and database. After a instance_name instance_name serer is installed and configured through the configuration wizard, the db2icrt command is generally not used. This utility is located in the DB2PATH\bin directory where DB2PATH is the location where the DB2 copy is installed. db2set Displays DB2 ariables. List DB2 ariables: db2set CATALOG DATABASE Stores database location information in the system database directory. The database can be located either on the local workstation or on a remote database partition serer. The serer configuration wizard takes care of any catalog needed for using the serer database. Run this command manually, after a serer is configured and running, only if something in the enironment changes or is damaged. Catalog the database: db2 catalog database tsmdb1 CONNECT TO DATABASE Connects to a specified database for command-line interface (CLI) use. Connect to the Tioli Storage Manager database from a DB2 CLI: db2 connect to tsmdb1 Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

100 Reference: DB2 commands for Tioli Storage Manager serer databases Table 16. DB2 commands (continued) Command Description Example GET DATABASE CONFIGURATION Returns the alues of indiidual entries in a specific database configuration file. Important: This command and parameters are set and managed directly by DB2. They are listed here for informational purposes and a means to iew the existing settings. Changing these settings might be adised by IBM support or through serice bulletins such as APARs or Technical Guidance documents (technotes). Do not change these settings manually. Change them only at the direction of IBM and only through the use of Tioli Storage Manager serer commands or procedures. GET DATABASE MANAGER CONFIGURATION GET HEALTH SNAPSHOT GRANT (Database Authorities) Returns the alues of indiidual entries in a specific database configuration file. Important: This command and parameters are set and managed directly by DB2. They are listed here for informational purposes and a means to iew the existing settings. Changing these settings might be adised by IBM support or through serice bulletins such as APARs or Technical Guidance documents (technotes). Do not change these settings manually. Change them only at the direction of IBM and only through the use of Tioli Storage Manager serer commands or procedures. Retriees the health status information for the database manager and its databases. The information returned represents a snapshot of the health state at the time the command was issued. Tioli Storage Manager monitors the state of the database using the health snapshot and other mechanisms that are proided by DB2. There might be cases where the health snapshot or other DB2 documentation indicates that an item or database resource might be in an alert state. Such a case indicates that action must be considered to remedy the situation. Tioli Storage Manager monitors the condition and responds appropriately. Not all declared alerts by the DB2 database are acted on. Grants authorities that apply to the entire database rather than priileges that apply to specific objects within the database. Show the configuration information for a database alias: db2 get db cfg for tsmdb1 Retriee information in order to erify settings such as database configuration, log mode, and maintenance. db2 get db config for tsmdb1 show detail Retriee configuration information for the database manager: db2 get dbm cfg Receie a report on DB2 health monitor indicators: db2 get health snapshot for database on tsmdb1 Grant access to the user ID itmuser: db2 GRANT CONNECT ON DATABASE TO USER itmuser db2 GRANT CREATETAB ON DATABASE TO USER itmuser 86 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

101 Reference: DB2 commands for Tioli Storage Manager serer databases Table 16. DB2 commands (continued) Command Description Example RUNSTATS Updates statistics about the characteristics Update statistics on a single table. of a table and associated indexes or db2 runstats on table statistical iews. These characteristics SCHEMA_NAME.TABLE_NAME include number of records, number of pages, and aerage record length. with distribution and sampled detailed indexes all To see a table, issue this utility after updating or reorganizing the table. set db2instance SET SCHEMA START DATABASE MANAGER STOP DATABASE MANAGER A iew must be enabled for optimization before its statistics can be used to optimize a query. A iew that is enabled for optimization is known as a statistical iew. Use the DB2 ALTER VIEW statement to enable a iew for optimization. Issue the RUNSTATS utility when changes to underlying tables substantially affect the rows returned by the iew. Tip: The serer configures DB2 to run the RUNSTATS command as needed. Determines which instance applies to the current session. Changes the alue of the CURRENT SCHEMA special register, in preparation for issuing SQL commands directly through the DB2 CLI. Tip: A special register is a storage area that is defined for an application process by the database manager. It is used to store information that can be referenced in SQL statements. Starts the current database manager instance background processes. The Tioli Storage Manager serer starts and stops the instance and database wheneer the serer starts and halts. Important: Allow the Tioli Storage Manager serer to manage the starting and stopping of the instance and database unless otherwise directed by IBM support. Stops the current database manager instance. Unless explicitly stopped, the database manager continues to be actie. This command does not stop the database manager instance if any applications are connected to databases. If there are no database connections, but there are instance attachments, the command forces the instance attachments to stop first. Then, it stops the database manager. This command also deactiates any outstanding database actiations before stopping the database manager. Determine which instance is applicable: set db2instance=tsminst1 Set the schema for Tioli Storage Manager: db2 set schema tsmdb1 Start the database manager: db2start Stop the database manager: db2 stop dbm This command is not alid on a client. The Tioli Storage Manager serer starts and stops the instance and database wheneer the serer starts and halts. Important: Allow the Tioli Storage Manager serer to manage the starting and stopping of the instance and database unless otherwise directed by IBM support. Chapter 7. Reference: DB2 commands for serer databases 87

102 Reference: DB2 commands for Tioli Storage Manager serer databases 88 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

103 Chapter 8. Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager You can use the following procedures to uninstall Tioli Storage Manager. Before you remoe Tioli Storage Manager, ensure that you do not lose your backup and archie data. Before you begin Complete the following steps before you uninstall Tioli Storage Manager: Complete a full database backup. Sae a copy of the olume history and deice configuration files. Store the output olumes in a safe location. If you are running on 64-bit Windows Serer 2008, ensure that you hae created at least one Tioli Storage Manager serer instance before uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager, or the uninstallation of DB2 might fail. See Chapter 3, Taking the first steps after you install Tioli Storage Manager, on page 37 for details about creating a serer instance. Attention: Do not use the Add/Remoe Programs tool in the Windows Control Panel to uninstall Tioli Storage Manager. Use only the uninstallation procedure that is described in this section. About this task You can uninstall Tioli Storage Manager by using any of the following methods: a graphical wizard, the command line in console mode, or silent mode. Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager by using a graphical wizard Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager in console mode on page 90 Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode on page 90 What to do next See Chapter 2, Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components, on page 29 for installation steps to reinstall the Tioli Storage Manager components. Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager by using a graphical wizard You can uninstall Tioli Storage Manager by using the IBM Installation Manager installation wizard. Procedure 1. Start the Installation Manager. Open the Installation Manager from the Start menu. 2. Click Uninstall. 3. Select Tioli Storage Manager serer, and click Next. 4. Click Uninstall. 5. Click Finish. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

104 Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager in console mode To uninstall Tioli Storage Manager by using the command line, you must run the uninstallation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line with the parameter for console mode. Procedure 1. In the directory where IBM Installation Manager is installed, go to the following subdirectory: eclipse\tools For example: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager\eclipse\tools 2. From the tools directory, issue the following command: imcl.exe -c 3. To uninstall, enter Choose to uninstall from the IBM Tioli Storage Manager package group. 5. Enter N for Next. 6. Choose to uninstall the IBM Tioli Storage Manager serer package. 7. Enter N for Next. 8. Enter U for Uninstall. 9. Enter F for Finish. Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode To uninstall Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode, you must run the uninstallation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line with the parameters for silent mode. Before you begin The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation package is extracted, contains the following sample response files for installing, updating, and uninstalling the serer: install_response_sample.xml update_response_sample.xml uninstall_response_sample.xml You can use these sample files as they are with the default alues, or you can customize them to suit your needs. Procedure 1. In the directory where IBM Installation Manager is installed, go to the following subdirectory: eclipse\tools For example: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager\eclipse\tools 2. From the tools directory, issue the following command, where response_file represents the response file path, including the file name: imcl.exe -input response_file -silent The following command is an example: 90 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

105 Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager imcl.exe -input C:\tmp\input\uninstall_response.xml -silent Uninstalling and reinstalling Tioli Storage Manager If you plan to manually reinstall Tioli Storage Manager instead of using the wizard, there are a number of steps to take to presere your serer instance names and database directories. During an uninstallation, any serer instances preiously set up are remoed, but the database catalogs for those instances still exist. About this task If you are using the wizard to upgrade from Tioli Storage Manager Version 6.2 or Version 6.3, it is not necessary to complete these steps, the wizard completes them automatically. To manually uninstall and reinstall Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Make a list of your current serer instances before proceeding to the uninstallation. Run the following command: db2ilist 2. Run the following commands for eery serer instance: db2 attach to serer1 db2 get dbm cfg show detail db2 detach Keep a record of the database path for each instance. 3. Uninstall Tioli Storage Manager. See Chapter 8, Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager, on page 89. After uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager, check the Control Panel > Add or Remoe Programs to erify that Tioli Storage Manager DB2 is uninstalled. 4. When you uninstall any ersion of Tioli Storage Manager 6.1 or later, including a fix pack, an instance file is created. The instance file is created to help reinstall Tioli Storage Manager. Check this file and use the information when you are prompted for the instance credentials when reinstalling. In silent installation mode, you proide these credentials using the INSTANCE_CRED ariable. You can find the instance file in the following location: InstanceList.dat in the Tioli Storage Manager serer installation directory 5. Reinstall Tioli Storage Manager. See Chapter 2, Installing the Tioli Storage Manager serer components, on page Recreate your serer instances. See Creating the serer instance on page 41. Tip: The installation wizard configures the serer instances but you must erify that they exist. If they do not exist, you must manually configure them. 7. Catalog the database. Log in to each serer instance as the instance user, one at a time, and issue the following commands: set db2instance=serer1 db2 catalog database tsmdb1 db2 attach to serer1 db2 update dbm cfg using dftdbpath instance_drie db2 detach 8. Verify that Tioli Storage Manager recognizes the serer instance by listing your directories. Your home directory appears if you did not change it. Your instance directory does appear if you used the configuration wizard. Issue this command: db2 list database directory Chapter 8. Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager 91

106 Uninstalling Tioli Storage Manager If you see TSMDB1 listed, you can start the serer. 92 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

107 Part 2. Installing and upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager brings together multiple components to monitor Tioli Storage Manager serers, and to produce historical reports about serer and client actiities. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

108 94 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

109 Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager brings together multiple components, to proide real-time monitoring, and historical reporting for your Tioli Storage Manager serers. About this task Tioli Common Reporting Cognos reports User ID: smadmin Historical reports Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Enterprise Portal serer Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer Tioli Data Warehouse User ID: itmuser User ID: sysadmin Tioli Enterprise Portal monitoring DB2 database ITMuser User ID: db2inst1 db2admin Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent instances Procedure Tioli Storage Manager serers Figure 3. Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager components that proide the reporting and monitoring capabilities Building a system that can monitor data and produce reports includes the following tasks: 1. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, which includes these components: DB2 Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

110 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager IBM Tioli Monitoring, which includes: Tioli Enterprise Portal serer Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer Summarization Pruning agent Warehouse Proxy agent Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent Tioli Data Warehouse 2. Installing Jazz for Serice Management, which requires the following components: Tioli Common Reporting WebSphere Application Serer 3. Creating and configuring agent instances to connect to the Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Planning to install Be sure to reiew all applicable planning information, including system requirements, capacity planning, and installation scenarios, before you install the software. Before you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager and Jazz for Serice Management, complete the following tasks: 1. Choose an installation scenario that best suits your needs. 2. Read the system requirements that are required for your operating system. 3. Reiew the capacity planning information. 4. Reiew the installation worksheet and note the user IDs, passwords, and other alues that are required during installation. Restriction: Install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system that is different from where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Installation scenarios Before you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, choose the scenario that best meets the needs of your business. Scenario 1: New installation, intending to monitor 1-5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Scenario 2: New installation, intending to monitor more than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Scenario 3: Installing in to an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment, intending to monitor 1-5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Scenario 4: Installing in to an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment, intending to monitor more than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Consider the following restrictions before you decide which scenario to use: If you hae a Tioli Storage Manager serer that is in a different time zone than the system with Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, install the monitoring agent on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. See Scenario 2 to install the agent directly on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. 96 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

111 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager If you hae more than fie serers, install the monitoring agent on each of the serers because it is the most efficient use of memory on both the Tioli Storage Manager serer and the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager serer. You can only install the monitoring agent on AIX, Linux X86_64, and Windows operating systems. Table 17. Installation scenarios Scenario Number Description Tasks that you must complete Scenario 1 Use this scenario for a new installation with a plan to monitor and report on 1-5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Perform all the tasks in this scenario on the same system: 1. Install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. The approximate installation time is 3 hours, depending on the speed of your system. 2. Create and configure the monitoring agents for the Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. The approximate configuration time is 3 minutes per agent. Restriction: You cannot install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Howeer, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system, including any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Scenario 2 Use this scenario for a new installation with a plan to monitor and report on more than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. 1. Install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. The approximate installation time is 3 hours, depending on the speed of your system. 2. Install monitoring agents on each supported Tioli Storage Manager serer that you want to monitor. The approximate installation time is minutes per additional agent. 3. Create and configure the monitoring agents to connect to the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer host that was installed in Step 1. The approximate configuration time is 3 minutes per agent. Restriction: You cannot install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Howeer, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system, including any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 97

112 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 17. Installation scenarios (continued) Scenario Number Description Tasks that you must complete Scenario 3 Use this scenario when you install the software Prerequisite: You must hae IBM Tioli into an existing IBM Monitoring ersion FP2, or later Tioli Monitoring installed. enironment with a plan to monitor up to 5 Tioli Perform all the tasks in this scenario on the Storage Manager serers. same system: 1. Install the monitoring agent on the IBM Tioli Monitoring serer where Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer and Tioli Enterprise Portal serer are installed. The approximate installation time is minutes per additional agent. 2. Create and configure the monitoring agents to point to the system where the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer and Tioli Enterprise Portal serer are installed. The approximate configuration time is 10 minutes per agent. Scenario 4 Use this scenario when you install the software into an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment with a plan to monitor more than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Restriction: You cannot install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Howeer, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system, including any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Prerequisite: You must hae IBM Tioli Monitoring ersion FP2, or later installed. 1. Install the monitoring agent on the supported Tioli Storage Manager serer that you want to monitor. The approximate installation time is minutes per additional agent. 2. Create and configure the monitoring agents to point to the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer host that was installed in Step 1. The approximate configuration time is 10 minutes per agent. Restriction: You cannot install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Howeer, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system, including any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. 98 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

113 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager System requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Reiew the hardware and software requirements that are applicable for your system before you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager and the other software. You can install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, which includes the monitoring agent to monitor the Tioli Storage Manager serers. You can also install the monitoring agent separately on your Tioli Storage Manager serers. You can install use the monitoring agent on the following Tioli Storage Manager operating systems: AIX Linux X86_64 Microsoft Windows System requirements Your system must meet the hardware and software requirements before you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a Windows system. The following tables list the minimum hardware and software requirements that are required for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. You can find the latest information on the IBM Support Portal at dociew.wss?uid=swg Table 18 describes the hardware requirements for the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Table 18. Hardware requirements Type of hardware Hardware requirements Hardware Dual core Intel Pentium compatible processor or multiprocessor-based computer with a 2.93 GHz or greater processor Network interface card Remote registry serice must be enabled. Disk space The following space is required for the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager application: 15 GB free disk space (minimum), 45 GB recommended as requirements increase as historical data is gathered and stored in the WAREHOUS database 40 MB free space for the temp directory 60 MB free space for the system drie 2 GB free space for the IBM Jazz for Serice Management installation directory The following space is required for the Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent: 350 MB free disk space (minimum) in the installation directory Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 99

114 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 18. Hardware requirements (continued) Type of hardware Hardware requirements Memory 8 GB minimum, 16 GB recommended Monitor resolution 4 GB of aailable memory is required at installation time 2 GB of additional memory per agent instance that is created on the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager system If a single Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent is installed on a Tioli Storage Manager serer, no increases in memory requirements are required x 768 (minimum) Table 19 describes the minimum software requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Table 19. Software requirements Type of software Minimum software requirements Operating Windows serer 2008, R2 x64 system Windows serer 2012 x64 Communication protocol Important: If you are installing a Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent, and you preiously installed an IBM Tioli Monitoring serer, you must install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent on the existing Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer. Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager only can be used with IBM Tioli Monitoring, ersion FP2 or later. One of the following communication protocols: Named Pipes TCP/IP Version 4 or Version 6 Restriction: The same TCP/IP ersion must be configured on both the source and target systems. 100 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

115 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 19. Software requirements (continued) Type of software Minimum software requirements Web browser One of the following web browsers: Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.0 and future fix packs Microsoft Internet Explorer 9.0 and future fix packs Mozilla Firefox 17 Extended Serice Release (ESR) JaaScript must be enabled. IBM Jaa ersion 7 is required to start the Tioli Enterprise Portal. IBM Jaa ersion 7 is included with Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Oracle Jaa is not supported. If the Common Reporting portlet is blank when opened in Internet Explorer, the default security settings might be too restrictie. Complete these steps to modify the security settings: 1. In the Internet Explorer window, click Tools > Internet Options, and on the Security tab, click Custom leel. 2. Locate the Miscellaneous category, disable the Access data sources across domains option, and click OK to apply the changes. Tip: If your browser does not display correctly, consider using a different browser. To aoid potential compatibility issues with web browsers, you can iew the Tioli Enterprise Portal remotely by using the Jaa web Start applet: 1. Connect to 2. Click IBM Tioli Enterprise Portal Webstart Client to start the Jaa Web Start client. 3. Optionally, create a desktop shortcut to launch the Tioli Enterprise Portal in the future. Ports IBM Tioli Monitoring uses ports 1918 and Jazz for Serice Management uses the following ports: 9362, 16310, 16311, 16312, 16313, 16314, 16315, 16316, 16318, 16320, 16321, 16322, , IBM Installation Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager uses IBM Installation Manager, which is an installation program that can use remote or local software repositories to install or update many IBM products. If the required ersion of IBM Installation Manager is not already installed, it is automatically installed or upgraded when you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. It must remain installed on the system so that you can update or uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager as needed. The following list contains explanations of some terms that are used in IBM Installation Manager: Offering An installable unit of a software product. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 101

116 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager The Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager offering contains all of the media that IBM Installation Manager requires to install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Package The group of software components that are required to install an offering. The Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package contains the following components: IBM Installation Manager installation program DB2 IBM Tioli Monitoring Tioli Storage Manager agent Package group A set of packages that share a common parent directory. The default package group for the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package is IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Repository A remote or local storage area for data and other application resources. The Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package is stored in a repository on IBM Fix Central. Shared resources directory A directory that contains software files or plug-ins that are shared by packages. IBM Installation Manager stores installation-related files in the shared resources directory, including files that are used for uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Capacity planning Planning details include determining how many serers you want to monitor, how many agents and agent instances are required, and how much memory and space are necessary for growth oer time. About this task The following list proides planning guidelines so you can anticipate the growth of your system oer time, depending on how many monitoring agents are in your enironment: Each agent instance, whether it is an IBM Tioli Monitoring agent, or a Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent, requires approximately 150 MB of memory. Each agent also requires up to 300 MHz worth of a single CPU core during data collection. During a one-year period, the data WAREHOUS can grow to approximately 500 GB for each Tioli Storage Manager serer that is being monitored using the installation defaults. This alue depends on the number of nodes that are being backed up and archied to that serer, and the frequency of backups that occur. Enabling pruning on the monitoring serer can reduce the size of the WAREHOUS database by approximately 50 percent. 102 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

117 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Installation worksheet Use this worksheet to record information that you need when you install and administer Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. The worksheet includes seeral passwords for user accounts that are created during the installation. The worksheet is intended to help you remember the alues that you specified after the installation. Table 20. Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation worksheet Item Description Default alue* Your alue db2admin Database administrator This is the Tioli Data Warehouse user name and password. This user has permission to complete all the administratie tasks in DB2. User name: Password: db2admin The password must meet the password complexity requirements of the operating system security policy. DB2 port Default port number The default port number is the first free port starting with db2grp1 encryption key This is the group that the DB2 instance user ID belongs to. A default encryption key is proided and the fields are prefilled with the default key. You can specify a different key, howeer, it is not necessary. The encryption key is used to establish a secure connection (using SSL protocol) between the Hub TEMS and the other components of the IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment. Valid port numbers are IBMTioliMonitoringEncryptionKey Must be exactly 32 characters in length. Valid characters are A-Z, a-z, and #. The encryption key must be the same for all of the agents that access the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer. sysadmin Tioli Enterprise Portal user name and password. User name: sysadmin Password: This ID is automatically created during the installation and a password is required. The password must meet the password complexity requirements of the operating system security policy. Serice management administrator ID The administrator that is used to log on to IBM Dashboard Application Serices Hub. You can access the Tioli Common Reporting reports in the dashboard. The user ID is created during the installation of Jazz for Serice Management. User name: smadmin Password: Restriction: The password must be at least 8 characters. ITMUser Tioli Data Warehouse user name and password. User name: Password: ITMuser This user has access to read the information from the WAREHOUS database. The password must meet the password complexity requirements of the operating system security policy. DB2 home directory Note: The DB2 home directory is not requested during installation. The DB2 directory is in the installation directory. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 103

118 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 20. Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation worksheet (continued) Monitoring agent instance name Item Description Default alue* Your alue Location and the name of the SSL certificate You can specify the name of the monitoring agent instance. If you intend to monitor more than one Tioli Storage Manager serer, you must hae unique agent instance names for each instance. When you specify an instance name, the best practice is to specify the host name of the Tioli Storage Manager serer, or the serer name from the QUERY STATUS command as your agent instance name. Instance names cannot exceed 20 characters. Note: The monitoring agent instances can be created and configured after the installation. Needed if you decide to use the SSL protocol instead of TCP IP. Your first agent instance name: Your second agent instance name: Your third agent instance name: More agent instance names...: *Best practices are to use the default alues listed here. If you change these alues, ensure that you document them because they are needed later. Installation checklist The checklist summarizes the steps that are required to install and configure a system that can monitor Tioli Storage Manager serer and client data and produce reports. You can print this checklist and use it as a guide to erify that all steps are completed. Table 21. Installation checklist Step Installation task or topic Task description 1. System requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Ensure that your system meets the system and hardware requirements. Manager on page Capacity planning on page 102 Reiew the capacity planning information to ensure that you adequately plan for growth. 3. Installation worksheet on page 103 Complete the installation worksheet to record password alues and other installation information that you need. 4. Installation scenarios on page 96 Choose an installation scenario. The scenario that you choose depends on the number of serers that you intend to monitor, and if there is an existing Tioli Monitoring enironment before this installation. 104 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

119 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 21. Installation checklist (continued) Step Installation task or topic Task description 5. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on Windows systems Tip: If there is an existing Tioli Monitoring enironment, install only the monitoring agent. 6. Installing the agent in an existing Tioli Monitoring enironment on Windows Installing the monitoring agent on page 112 Run the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installer. The following components are installed: Tioli Monitoring, which includes the following components: Tioli Enterprise Portal serer Tioli Data Warehouse Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer Summarization pruning agent Warehouse proxy agent Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent Remember: IBM Installation Manager is also installed. Install or configure the monitoring agents to connect to the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124 If you plan to monitor fie or less Tioli Storage Manager serers, configure the monitoring agent that was installed on this system Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page 127 Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page 129 Otherwise, install and configure only the monitoring agent on each Tioli Storage Manager serer to be monitored. Tip: Create 1 agent per Tioli Storage Manager serer instance. Install Jazz for Serice Management to get access to the Tioli Common Reporting feature so that you can iew Cognos reports. Run the script to import the Cognos reports and to connect Tioli Common Reporting to the WAREHOUS database to generate reports. 9. Verifying the installation on page 131 Verify that the installation was complete and successful. Tips: 1. To iew real-time Tioli Storage Manager serer actiity, use the Tioli Enterprise Portal. 2. To iew historical reports, use Tioli Common Reporting. 3. For additional help, see Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager troubleshooting topics. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 105

120 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Bypassing the prerequisites You can bypass the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager prerequisites on your test systems during the installation, such as the operating system and the required memory. Do not bypass the prerequisites on production systems. Bypassing the prerequisites by using the wizard You can bypass the prerequisites on a test system when you install or upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the wizard. Choose one of the following methods to bypass prerequisite checks: If you are installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, issue the following command: install.bat -g -margs "-DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true" If you are upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, update the following file to add the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true statement. The dash in the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS option is required and must be added on a new line after the -margs option...\installation Manager\eclipse\ibmim.ini Bypassing the prerequisites in console mode You can bypass the prerequisites on a test system when you install or upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in console mode. Choose one of the following methods to bypass prerequisite checks: If you are installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, issue the following command: install.bat -c -acceptlicense -margs "-DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true" If you are upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, update the following file to add the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true statement. The dash in the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS option is required and must be added on a new line after the -margs option...\installation Manager\eclipse\tools\imcl.ini Bypassing the prerequisites in silent mode You can bypass the prerequisites on a test system when you install or upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode. Choose one of the following methods to bypass prerequisite checks: If you are installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, issue the following command: install.bat -s -acceptlicense -margs "-DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true" If you are upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, update the following file to add the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS=true statement. The dash in the -DBYPASS_TSM_REQ_CHECKS option is required and must be added on a new line after the -margs option...\installation Manager\eclipse\tools\imcl.ini 106 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

121 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager To install or upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you can use the wizard, the command line in console mode, or by using silent mode. Before you begin Before you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, erify that the following requirements are met: Ensure that your system meets the software and hardware requirements. For more information about the system requirements, see System requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on page 99. Do not install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system that has a Tioli Storage Manager serer installed. Do not use a domain ID to install. The Windows user ID that you use when you install must be a local ID with administrator priileges, and cannot be a domain ID. Verify that you hae the required access priileges, including user IDs and passwords. Ensure that there are no spaces and no non-ascii characters in the installation package name or in the path to the package. Use short path names for the extract directory to aoid problems with the 255-character path limit. For example, you can specify the C:\tsm_images directory. If you are installing the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent in to an existing Tioli Monitoring enironment, specify the existing Tioli Monitoring installation directory. The default directory is C:\IBM\ITM. Attention: Do not alter the DB2 software that is installed with Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation packages and fix packs. Do not install or upgrade to a different ersion, release, or fix pack of DB2 application because doing so can damage the database. Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager can use only components and ersions that are installed as part of the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation. About this task The Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager software proides monitoring and reporting features for the Tioli Storage Manager serers in the enironment. You can install or upgrade the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager and the monitoring agents on the Tioli Storage Manager serers. With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 107

122 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Obtaining the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package You can obtain the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package from a DVD or an IBM download site such as IBM Passport Adantage. Procedure 1. Download the two installation packages from one of the following websites, or you can access the files from the product DVD: Go to Passport Adantage site at passportadantage/. Go to the Tioli Storage Manager support site at support/entry/portal/oeriew/software/tioli/tioli_storage_manager for maintenance fixes, and updates. 2. Depending on whether you hae the DVD disks or installation packages, complete one of the following methods to extract the files to the file system: Product DVD disks a. Create a directory on the file system. b. For each DVD disk, copy the contents of the disk in to the directory that you created. Tip: You can delete the files after you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to free up space on the file system. Installation packages a. Create a directory and moe the two packages that you downloaded in to the directory. b. Either double-click each executable file, or enter the following command on the command line to extract the installation files. The files are extracted to the current directory. package_name.exe where package_name is the name of the file that you downloaded, for example: TSMRPT-Full-Installer-1of2-Windows exe Restriction: The path must contain no more than 128 characters. Do not extract the packages to a directory that contains preiously extracted files, or any other files. Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Install wizard You can install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Install wizard of IBM Installation Manager. Before you begin Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that you copied the DVD files to the local system, or that you downloaded and extracted the packages for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. 108 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

123 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language that is used during the installation. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during installation is a user with local administrator authority. About this task With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Procedure To install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Change to the directory where you extracted the installation files. 2. Start the wizard by issuing the following command: install.bat Results If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory. You can iew installation log files by clicking File > View Log from the IBM Installation Manager tool. What to do next Install Jazz for Serice Management to iew historical reports. Follow the steps in Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page 127. Tip: Reiew the checklist to ensure that you complete all of the steps to install and configure Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Related concepts: Resoling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager problems ( com.ibm.itsm.tshoot.doc/c_pdg_reportprobs.html) Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 109

124 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode You can install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the command line in console mode. Before you begin Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that you copied the DVD files to the local system, or that you downloaded and extracted the packages for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language that is used during the installation. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during installation is a user with local administrator authority. About this task With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Procedure To install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Change to the directory where you extracted the installation files. 2. Start the wizard in console mode by issuing the following command from a command line: install.bat -c 3. Optional: Generate a response file as part of a console mode installation. Complete the console mode installation options, and in the Summary pane, specify G to generate the responses. Results If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs What to do next Install Jazz for Serice Management to iew historical reports. Follow the steps in Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

125 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tip: Reiew the checklist to ensure that you complete all of the steps to install and configure Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Related concepts: Resoling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager problems ( com.ibm.itsm.tshoot.doc/c_pdg_reportprobs.html) Windows: Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode You can install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode by specifying a response file. Before you begin The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation files were extracted, contains the following sample response files to install, update, and uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager: install_response_sample.xml update_response_sample.xml uninstall_response_sample.xml You must edit the sample files before you use them. About this task With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Procedure 1. Create a response file, or use one of the sample response files, such as install_response_sample.xml or update_response_sample.xml. 2. Edit the response file and specify a DB2 administrator password and the sysadmin user ID. You can also change other defaults if you need. 3. Start the silent installation by issuing the following command from the directory where the installation files were extracted: install.bat -s -input response_file -acceptlicense where response_file is the response file path, including the file name. Results If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 111

126 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager What to do next Install Jazz for Serice Management to iew historical reports. Follow the steps in Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page 127. Create and configure an agent instance to start collecting data. Follow the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124. Tip: Reiew the checklist to ensure that you complete all of the steps to install and configure Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Related concepts: Resoling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager problems ( com.ibm.itsm.tshoot.doc/c_pdg_reportprobs.html) Installing the monitoring agent You can install monitoring agents on any remote serer that you want to monitor, or you can install the agent in to an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring system. About this task The Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent gathers data from each Tioli Storage Manager serer, and sends it to the IBM Tioli Monitoring serer. Restrictions: 1. To use the agent on an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment, you must install the agent on the existing Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer. 2. If you plan to monitor a Tioli Storage Manager serer in a different time zone than the monitoring serer, install the monitoring agent on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. 3. The monitoring agent is only supported on AIX, Linux X86_64, and Windows. Installing the monitoring agent on remote serers You can install a Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent on any supported serer that you want to monitor. To install or upgrade the monitoring agent, you can use the installation wizard, the command line in console mode, or by using silent mode. Before you begin Before you decide whether you must install the monitoring agent directly on your Tioli Storage Manager serer, consider the following items: The monitoring serer can handle up to fie monitoring agents. For more agents, you must install the monitoring agent directly on each of the Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Alternatiely, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system and configure an agent instance to connect to the Tioli Storage Manager serer that you want to monitor. If you create and configure an agent instance on the Tioli Storage Manager serer, instead of the monitoring serer, you can help aoid an increase in memory requirements on the IBM Tioli Monitoring serer. 112 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

127 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Reiew the requirements for the operating systems that the monitoring agent is supported on. See System requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on page 99. Installing the monitoring agent by using the Install wizard You can install the monitoring agent by using the Install wizard. Before you begin Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that you copied the DVD files to the local system, or that you downloaded and extracted the packages for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during installation is a user with local administrator authority. Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language that is used during the installation. Procedure To install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Change to the directory where you extracted the installation files. 2. Start the wizard by issuing the following command: install.bat What to do next Create and configure an agent instance to start collecting data. Follow the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124. If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory. You can iew installation log files by clicking File > View Log from the IBM Installation Manager tool. Installing the monitoring agent in console mode You can install the monitoring agent by using the command line in console mode. About this task Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that you copied the DVD files to the local system, or that you downloaded and extracted the packages for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language that is used during the installation. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during installation is a user with local administrator authority. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 113

128 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Procedure To install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Change to the directory where you extracted the installation files. 2. Start the wizard in console mode by issuing the following command from a command line: install.bat -c 3. Optional: Generate a response file as part of a console mode installation. Complete the console mode installation options, and in the Summary pane, specify G to generate the responses. What to do next Create and configure an agent instance to start collecting data. Follow the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124. Installing the monitoring agent in silent mode You can install the monitoring agent in silent mode by specifying a response file. Before you begin The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation files were extracted, contains the following sample response files to install, update, and uninstall the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent: install_agent_only_sample.xml update_agent_only_sample.xml uninstall_agent_only_sample Procedure 1. Create a response file, or use one of the sample response files, such as install_agent_only_sample.xml or update_agent_only_sample.xml. 2. Start the silent installation by issuing the following command from the directory where the installation files were extracted: install.bat -s -input response_file -acceptlicense where response_file is the response file path, including the file name. What to do next Create and configure an agent instance to start collecting data. Follow the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124. Windows: Installing and deploying monitoring agents in an existing Tioli Monitoring enironment Remotely deploying monitoring agents is intended only for users who purchased IBM Tioli Monitoring separately from Tioli Storage Manager, and who are already running an IBM Tioli Monitoring serer. By remotely deploying monitoring agents, you can monitor Tioli Storage Manager serers with the existing IBM Tioli Monitoring serer. 114 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

129 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager About this task The operating system agent that is required for remote deployment is not included in the ersion of IBM Tioli Monitoring that is embedded in Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Therefore, you cannot use remote deployment without purchasing IBM Tioli Monitoring. Windows: Installing monitoring agents or application support files on an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment on a Windows system If you hae an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring system that does not hae Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installed, you can run the natie IBM Tioli Monitoring installation wizard to install more monitoring agents. If you do not want to install an agent, you can install only the application support files. These files are required by the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer and Tioli Enterprise Portal serer to monitor Tioli Storage Manager serers. Before you begin Restrictions to know before you begin: These procedures are for experienced IBM Tioli Monitoring users only, and are not intended for noice Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager users. Do not install this option if you preiously installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Doing so can interfere with future uninstallations or upgrades of Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Do not use a domain ID to install or configure agents. The Windows user ID that you use during installation must be a local ID with Administrator priileges, and cannot be a domain ID. You must use Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager only with IBM Tioli Monitoring, ersion FP2 or later. See the system requirements for your operating system for more requirements. Ensure that you meet all system requirements. About this task To install the monitoring agent on to an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring serer, complete the following steps: Procedure 1. Download the package from one of the following websites: Go to Passport Adantage site at passportadantage/. Go to the Tioli Storage Manager support site at support/entry/portal/oeriew/software/tioli/tioli_storage_manager for maintenance fixes, and updates. The file name for installing only the monitoring agent, or only the application support files, can be recognized by the word AGENT in capital letters, for example: TIV-TSMRPT-AGENT-Windows.exe 2. Stop all of the agents and serices that are running on the system. From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices application, select all of the following serices and select Stop: Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 115

130 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. If there are multiple agents, stop them all. Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer Tioli Enterprise Portal serer Warehouse summarization and pruning agent Warehouse proxy agent IBM Eclipse help serer 3. Choose whether you want to install from the DVD media, or a package file that is downloaded: Installing from DVD media: Insert the DVD, go to the top-leel directory, and double-click the following command to start the installation: setup.bat Installing from downloaded package file: Go to the \WINDOWS subdirectory, and double-click the setup.exe file to start the installation. 4. Click Next on the welcome page. 5. Accept the license agreement and click Next. 6. Follow the wizard instructions to accept the installation location and encryption key. 7. Choose whether to install the monitoring agent or only the application support files: To install the monitoring agent, expand all of the collapsed sections, ensure that all check boxes are selected, and click Next. To install only the application support files, expand all of the collapsed sections and ensure that only the following items are selected: Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer - TEMS - Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Enterprise Portal serer - TEPS - Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Storage Manager - Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager 8. Accept the defaults to complete the installation and click Finish. 9. After the installation is complete, the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window opens. To ensure that the new settings are applied, select Tioli Enterprise Portal serer, right-click, and select Reconfigure. Follow the wizard prompts and accept all defaults. 10. Right-click Tioli Enterprise Portal serer, and click Start. What to do next After you complete the installation, must configure Tioli Enterprise Portal to collect and retain historical data for reports. Follow the steps in Windows: Installing monitoring agents or application support files on an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment on a Windows system. You can also create and configure the agent instance if needed. Complete the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

131 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Remotely deploying monitoring agents Remote deployment proides the ability to add the monitoring agent installation packages to a central location called an agent depot. From this central location, the packages can then be pushed out to remote locations and installed silently by using the IBM Tioli Monitoring operating system agent. Remote deployment is useful for larger-scale deployments such as deploying fie or more monitoring agents. About this task Remote deployment can be used to deploy monitoring agents to systems that already hae the IBM Tioli Monitoring operating system agent that is installed on them. Remote deployment can be used for new installations or to upgrade existing monitoring agents to new ersions. There are multiple tasks that must be completed to use remote deployment. These tasks include the following items: Add the agents that you want to deploy to the agent depot on the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub. Requirement: The IBM Tioli Monitoring operating system agents on the systems that you want to deploy to must be configured to use this Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub. Start the remote deployment. Configure historical data collection. Windows: Remote deployment preinstallation requirements: Before you begin any remote deployment tasks, ensure that you meet the preinstallation requirements for your system. Remote deployment prerequisites include the following tasks: 1. Install IBM Tioli Monitoring and configure the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub. 2. Install the IBM Tioli Monitoring operating system agent on each system that you want to remotely deploy a monitoring agent to, and configure it to point to the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer. 3. You must also install the IBM Tioli Monitoring application support files and configure the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub. These steps can be completed before or after any remote deployment tasks, but are required to iew data in historical reports. You can erify whether these prerequisites are met by logging in to Tioli Enterprise Portal, selecting the systems that you want to deploy to, and erifying that the operating system agent is displaying information. For example, select the Memory workspace in Tioli Enterprise Portal, and erify that data is displayed. If you must install the IBM Tioli Monitoring operating system agent to the agent depot, the easiest method is to copy the agent to the agent depot by issuing the tacmd addbundles command, and then install it by issuing the tacmd createnode command, for example: Extract the Tioli Monitoring operating system agent, then copy the operating system agent to the depot by issuing the following command: tacmd addbundles -i \path_to_agent\windows\deploy Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 117

132 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Deploy the operating system agent by issuing the following command: tacmd createnode -h host_name -u user_name -w password If you are installing the monitoring agent to a 64-bit Windows system, the IBM Tioli Monitoring 32-bit and 64-bit compatibility package from the base IBM Tioli Monitoring FP2, or later is required. Windows: Populating the agent depot on Windows systems: Before you can remotely deploy a monitoring agent, you must first populate the agent depot. The agent depot is an installation directory on the monitoring serer where you must copy the agent to before you can deploy it to remote systems. Before you begin Before you begin, ensure that your system meets all of the remote deployment preinstallation requirements. Procedure To populate the agent depot for remote deployment, complete the following steps: 1. Copy and extract the agent installation package to a directory that is accessible by the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub. For example, you can copy the package to the following directory: C:\tmp\tsmrptagent Tip: Ensure that you select the appropriate executable file from the Passport Adantage, FTP download site, or from the DVD media. The file name for installing only the monitoring agent, or the application support files can be identified by the word AGENT, in capital letters. For example: TIV-TSMRPT-AGENT-Windows.exe 2. Optional: Modify the silent response file that will be used during the agent installation to specify items such as the installation directory and the encryption key that is required to communicate with the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub. Tips: a. The default encryption key alue is IBMTioliMonitoringEncryptionKey b. The silent response directory and file name is WINDOWS\Deploy\ SK_Silent_Install.txt 3. Add the agent to the agent depot. This process copies the files from the installation media to a directory on the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub. This can be accomplished by using one of the following methods: 118 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

133 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 22. Populating the agent depot methods GUI installation method You can use the GUI installation method by using the following steps: 1. Double-click the setup.exe file in the \WINDOWS\ subdirectory to start the installation wizard. 2. In the panel where you select the agents to configure for remote deployment, select the Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager checkbox. CLI installation method You can use the tacmd addbundles command by using the following steps: 1. Change directories to the location where the tacmnd command is located. For example, the default is: C:\IBM\ITM\BIN 2. Log on to Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer by issuing the following command: tacmd login -s host_name -u sysadmin -p password 3. Add the agent to the agent depot by issuing the following command. tacmd addbundles -p WINNT -i C:\path_to_agent\ WINDOWS\Deploy If the command was successful, a message similar to the following message is displayed: KUICAB022I: The following bundles were successfully added to the C:\IBM\ITM\CMS\depot\ depot: Product Code : SK Deployable : True Version : Description : Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager Host Type : WINNT Host Version : WINNT Prerequisites: Tip: For usage information about the addbundles command you can issue the following command: tacmd help addbundles 4. Verify that the bundles exist in the agent depot by going to the C:\IBM\ITM\CMS\depot directory. Look for Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager, or issue the following command: tacmd iewdepot -t sk Tip: You can limit the output to only the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent by using the SK product code. For example: Product Code : SK Version : Description : Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager Host Type : WINNT Host Version : WINNT Prerequisites: Tip: You can remoe older bundles if they are no longer needed by issuing the tacmd remoebundles command. For example: tacmd remoebundles -t sk -i C:\TSM\WINDOWS\Deploy What to do next After you hae populated the agent depot with the monitoring agent, you can deploy the agent to remote sites from this central location. For detailed procedures Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 119

134 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager see Remotely deploying monitoring agents. Windows: Remotely deploying monitoring agents on Windows systems: After you populated the agent depot, you can deploy the monitoring agent to remote systems. Before you begin Before you begin, ensure that your system meets all of the remote deployment preinstallation requirements, and that the operating system agent on the remote system is started and has Administrator access. Procedure To install the monitoring agent, and initiate the deployment, complete the following steps: 1. Go to where the tacmd command is located. For example, the default directory is: C:\IBM\ITM\BIN 2. Log on to the remote system by using the sysadmin user ID and password: tacmd login -s host_name -u sysadmin -p password 3. Locate the nodes that you want to deploy the monitoring agent to, by issuing the following command: tacmd listsystems -t NT 4. Deploy the monitoring agent by issuing the following command: tacmd addsystem -t sk -n Primary:yourhost:NT -p INSTANCE=yourhost TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_SERVER_ADDR=yourhost.yourcompany.com TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_PORT_NUMBER=1500 TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_USER=tsmusername TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_PASSWORD=tsmpassword where: TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_SERVER_ADDR indicates the serer IP address of the Tioli Storage Manager serer. TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_PORT_NUMBER indicates the port that is required to access the Tioli Storage Manager serer. TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_USER indicates the user ID that is used to access the Tioli Storage Manager serer. TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_PASSWORD indicates the password for the user ID that is used to access the Tioli Storage Manager serer. TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_KEYSTORE indicates the file system location if the agent will be communicating with the Tioli Storage Manager serer through an SSL connection. Leae this blank to use the default non-ssl authentication method. If your agent will be communicating with serer through an SSL connection, specify a alue by using the TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_KEYSTORE option. Tip: When specifying a monitoring agent instance name, as a best practice, you can specify the name of the Tioli(r) Storage Manager serer, or the host name of the serer as your instance name. For example: 120 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

135 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager tacmd addsystem -t sk -n Primary:yourhost:NT -p INSTANCE=yourhost TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_SERVER_ADDR=yourhost.yourcompany.com TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_PORT_NUMBER=1500 TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_USER=tsmusername TSM_AUTHENTICATION_INFORMATION.KSK_PASSWORD=tsmpassword KUICAR010I: The agent type SK is being deployed. KUICAR028I: The operation has been successfully queued for deployment, the transaction id is , use the getdeploystatus CLI to iew the status. 5. Reiew the deployment status by issuing the following command: tacmd getdeploystatus -t sk For example: Transaction ID : Command : INSTALL Status : INPROGRESS Retries : 0 TEMS Name : HUB_HOST Target Hostname: yourhost:nt Platform : WINNT Product : SK Version : Error Message : KDY0033I: Request is being processed. The deployment status can be iewed using tacmd getdeploystatus to query the state of request. What to do next After you deployed the agent, erify that the Tioli Storage Manager data is being collected and displayed in Tioli Enterprise Portal. Log in to Tioli Enterprise Portal, select the system that the monitoring agent was deployed to, and erify that data is displayed correctly in the workspaces. Windows: Configuring historical data collection from within Tioli Enterprise Portal: After you install the monitoring agent in to an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment, you must configure historical data collection if you intend to generate reports based on this data. You can configure historical data collection from within Tioli Enterprise Portal, but consider using the command-line interface instead because it is quicker than doing it from within the Tioli Enterprise Portal. About this task If you installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the standard installation method, historical data collection was configured for you automatically. If you are using the natie IBM Tioli Monitoring installer, then you must manually configure historical data collection. You must configure history configuration to hae the data from the monitored serers stored in the WAREHOUS database. This is a requirement if you plan to use Tioli Common Reporting to iew historical reports. You can use the following steps to start data collection. In the steps, example alues are used. Your selections depend on your criteria. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 121

136 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Procedure 1. Start the Tioli Enterprise Portal: a. Click Start > Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Tioli Enterprise Portal. Alternatiely, click the Tioli Enterprise Portal icon on the desktop. 2. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal by using the sysadmin user ID, and the password that was specified during installation. 3. From the Tioli Enterprise Portal menu, click Edit > History Configuration. 4. Specify collection settings by completing the following steps for each of the following attribute groups: KSK CLIENT NODE STORAGE KSK CLIENT MISSED FILES KSK CLIENT NODE STATUS KSK DATABASE KSK SCHEDULE KSK STORAGE POOL KSK TAPE USAGE KSK TAPE VOLUME KSK NODE ACTIVITY KSK SERVER KSK STORAGE DEVICE KSK ACTIVITY LOG KSK OCCUPANCY KSK REPLSTATUS (Listed as Replication Status) KSK REPLDETAILS (Listed as Replication Details) KSK ACTIVITY SUMMARY Tip: KSK denotes the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager product code. a. Right-click Tioli Storage Manager, and select Create new collection setting. b. Select an attribute group from the menu. c. Specify a name for the new collection setting, and optionally proide a description. As a best practice, include the attribute group in the name. d. In the Collection interal field, set the alue to 1 hour. This alue specifies how often the data is retrieed from the monitoring agent. e. In the Collection location field, select Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer, TEMA. This serer is where the historical data files are stored. f. In the Warehouse interal field, select 1 day for how often you want the warehouse data to store data. If you select 1 day, you cannot iew reports for at least a day. Note: These settings are examples. Your selections depend on how often, and how much data you want to collect. To test the data that is collected, start with a short interal such as 1 hour. After you are sure that the data is being collected correctly, you can adjust the collection interal to eery 12 or 24 hours. To erify that historical collection is actiated, you can look for the History Configuration icon next to each attribute group. 122 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

137 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 5. After the historical data collection settings are configured, complete the following steps to configure summarization and pruning of the data in the Tioli Data Warehouse. Tip: Summarization combines multiple data points into a single data point across a date range such as a monthly or quarterly. Pruning remoes older data that is no longer needed to sae database space. a. Left-click on Tioli Storage Manager to open the summarization and pruning settings window. b. Select all of the attributes that are configured for historical data collection. A blue icon next to the attribute group indicates that data collection is running. c. In the summarization settings, enable summarization for Yearly, Quarterly, Monthly, Weekly, Daily, and Hourly. d. In the Pruning section, you can also optionally enable pruning. By default no pruning is enabled. If your Tioli Data Warehouse database size is growing too large, pruning older data can be enabled here for each attribute group. Note: Pruning too igorously can result in no data, or not enough data being displayed in the Tioli Common Reporting reports. Windows: Configuring historical data collection by using the command-line interface on Windows systems: After you install the monitoring agents in an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment, you must configure historical data collection if you intend to generate reports based on this data. About this task If you installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the standard installation method, historical data collection was configured for you automatically. If you are using the natie IBM Tioli Monitoring installer, then you must manually configure historical data collection. You can also configure historical data collection from within the Tioli Enterprise Portal. Howeer, it is much quicker using the command-line interface because there are many attribute groups that must be configured. Historical data is collected in the Tioli Enterprise Portal, and is eentually displayed in historical reports. You must configure history configuration to hae the data from the monitored serers stored in the WAREHOUS database. This is a requirement if you plan to use Tioli Common Reporting to iew historical reports. The following commands can be copied and pasted into a command prompt on Windows. Modify any of the ariables such as the password, to match your installation enironment before you paste them. Procedure 1. Specify the sysadmin ID and password by issuing the following command in a command prompt window: SET admin=sysadmin SET password=your_password SET CANDLE_HOME=C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting\ITM Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 123

138 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 2. Paste the following text in the same command prompt window. Tip: Remember to change the user ID and password ariables to match the alues you specified during installation. SET warehouseinteral=1h SET collectioninteral=1h SET summarizationdetails=hdwmqy SET type=ksk cd %CANDLE_HOME%\bin tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK CLIENT NODE STORAGE" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK CLIENT MISSED FILES" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK CLIENT NODE STATUS" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK DATABASE" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK SCHEDULE" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK STORAGE POOL" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK TAPE USAGE" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK TAPE VOLUME" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK NODE ACTIVITY" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK SERVER" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK STORAGE DEVICE" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK ACTIVITY LOG" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK OCCUPANCY" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK REPLSTATUS" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK REPLDETAILS" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% tacmd.exe histconfiguregroups -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK ACTIVITY SUMMARY" -i %warehouseinteral% -c %collectioninteral% -d %summarizationdetails% 3. Start collecting data by issuing the following commands: tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK CLIENT NODE STORAGE" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK CLIENT MISSED FILES" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK CLIENT NODE STORAGE" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK DATABASE" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK SCHEDULE" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK STORAGE POOL" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK TAPE USAGE" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK TAPE VOLUME" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK NODE ACTIVITY" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK SERVER" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK STORAGE DEVICE" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK ACTIVITY LOG" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK OCCUPANCY" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK REPLSTATUS" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK REPLDETAILS" tacmd.exe histstartcollection -u %admin% -w %password% -t %type% -o "KSK ACTIVITY SUMMARY" Creating and configuring the agent instance After you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you must create and configure the monitoring agent instance to begin collecting data. About this task If you plan to monitor less than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers, you can use the monitoring agent template that was installed as part of the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation to create and configure the agent instances. If you plan to monitor more than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers, you must install additional monitoring agents on each Tioli Storage Manager serer that you want to monitor. Alternatiely, you can install the agent on any supported operating system and configure the agent instances to connect to the Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. For example, you cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent directly on HP-UX, Solaris, or zlinux operating systems. To collect data for Tioli Storage Manager 124 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

139 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager serers on these operating systems, you must create a monitoring agent instance on the IBM Tioli Monitoring serer or on another supported operating system. This configuration proides the most efficient use of memory on both the Tioli Storage Manager serer, and the IBM Tioli Monitoring serer. Install and configure an agent instance by completing the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on Windows systems. Creating and configuring the agent instance on Windows systems After you install the agent, you must create and configure an agent instance for each Tioli Storage Manager serer that you intend to monitor. About this task You must create and configure an agent instance for each serer that you want to monitor. You can monitor up to 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers from the same IBM Tioli Monitoring serer. If you plan to monitor more than 5 serers, you should install additional monitoring agents on each of your Tioli Storage Manager serers. Alternatiely, you can install the agent on any supported operating system and configure the agent instances to connect to the Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Procedure To configure the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent instance, complete the following steps: 1. Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. 2. In the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, double-click Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager template. 3. Specify the instance name, for example, SERVER1, and click OK. Tip: When you specify an instance name, the best practice is to include the host name of the Tioli Storage Manager serer. You can find the serer name by issuing the QUERY STATUS command. Instance names must be unique, and cannot exceed 20 characters. 4. To allow the Tioli Storage Manager serer to be monitored, complete the following fields: a. In the Serer Address field, specify the serer address for the Tioli Storage Manager serer. b. In the Port Number field, specify the port number that is used to communicate with the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Tip: For normal TCP/IP traffic, you can determine the port number by issuing one of the following commands: QUERY OPT TCPPORT QUERY OPT TCPADMINPORT For SSL encrypted TCP/IP traffic, you can determine the port number by issuing one of the following commands: QUERY OPT SSLTCPPORT Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 125

140 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager QUERY OPT SSLTCPADMINPORT c. In the TSM Administrator field, specify the Tioli Storage Manager administrator ID that is used to access the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Note: The Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent runs only queries on the Tioli Storage Manager serer and does not change anything. The administrator that you choose to run the queries can be an administrator ID without the following priileges: System Priileges Policy Priileges Storage Priileges Operator Priileges Client Access Priileges Client Owner Priileges d. In the TSM Administrator Password field, enter the password twice for the Tioli Storage Manager system administrator ID. e. In the File/Location of SSL Certificate store field, either browse to the location where the SSL certificates are located, or leae the field blank if you do not intend to use SSL. Notes: If you intend to use SSL to encrypt network traffic, ensure that your Tioli Storage Manager serer is enabled for this type of secure communication and that you specified the correct port number. For more information, see Configuring Tioli Storage Manager client/serer communication with Secure Sockets Layer ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.client.doc/t_cfg_ssl.html). f. Click OK to sae the settings. The Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window displays the new Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent instance. 5. To start the monitoring agent instance, right-click the monitoring agent instance in the list, and click Start. Tip: If the agent was installed separately on an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring serer, you might need to restart the Tioli Enterprise Portal serer to allow it to pick up and apply the new agent configuration settings. From the Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices window, right-click the Tioli Enterprise Portal serer, and click Recycle. Results After you start the agent, it starts to collected data. You can iew real-time data by using the workspaces in the Tioli Enterprise Portal, or you can iew historical data by using Cognos reports. 126 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

141 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Installing Jazz for Serice Management When you install Jazz for Serice Management, you must include the Tioli Common Reporting and WebSphere Application Serer components. The components proide the interface to iew historical data of the Tioli Storage Manager serers by using IBM Cognos reports. Installing Jazz for Serice Management on Windows After you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you must install Jazz for Serice Management. Obtaining the Jazz for Serice Management packages You can download the installation package from IBM Passport Adantage and extract them to the local system. About this task Along with Jazz for Serice Management, you must download the following additional components: WebSphere Application Serer Tioli Common Reporting Procedure 1. Go to the IBM Passport Adantage at passportadantage/. Tip: An IBM Customer ID is required to log in. 2. Select the Find by part number search option under Download finder options. 3. Search for each of the following downloadable packages by part number: Table 23. Part numbers for each package Package name Jazz for Serice Management WebSphere Application Serer Tioli Common Reporting Tioli Common Reporting fix pack Part number CIXA4ML CIFS5ML CIN3KML CIXA8ML 4. Select and download the packages for your operating system. 5. Create a directory and extract the contents of each package to the root of that directory. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 127

142 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Installing Jazz for Serice Management components You can install Jazz for Serice Management by using the installation wizard. Before you begin Before you install Jazz for Serice Management, ensure that the following tasks are completed: Verify that your system meets the system requirements. Ensure that localhost is a alid host name by looking in the C:\Windows\System32\driers\etc\hosts file. Ensure that the Administration Center is not installed. For details about uninstalling the Administration Center, see Uninstalling the Administration Center at com.ibm.itsm.sr.install.doc/t_ac_uninst.html. Ensure that IBM Installation Manager is closed. Ensure that you know the password for the db2admin user ID. Tip: You can print the installation worksheet to keep track of the passwords that you will create. About this task Jazz for Serice Management installs the Tioli Common Reporting and WebSphere Application Serer components that you downloaded. Procedure To complete a custom installation, follow these steps: 1. Change to the directory where you extracted the packages for Jazz for Serice Management. 2. Double-click launchpad64.exe to start the launchpad. 3. Click Custom. Reiew the Custom Workflow panel and click Next. 4. Leae the Existing Jazz for Serice Management home location field empty, and click Next. 5. Specify the source locations for Jazz for Serice Management and the other components: Table 24. Source locations to install Jazz for Serice Management and the components Component name Source location Jazz for Serice Management JazzSM_Images_Home\JazzSMRepository\disk1\ disktag.inf WebSphere Application Serer JazzSM_Images_Home\WASRepositor\disk1\diskTag.inf Tioli Common Reporting JazzSM_Images_Home\TCRInstaller\install.exe Tioli Common Reporting JazzSM_Images_Home\TCRInstaller\ \update\ install.exe where JazzSM_Images_Home is the path where you extracted the packages. Remember: DB2 was installed as part of Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, therefore do not specify the DB2 source location. 6. On the Select Operations panel, all of the components except DB2 are selected for the installation. Click Next. 128 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

143 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 7. Reiew and accept the software license agreements in the Software License Agreement panel. Click Next. 8. Accept the default locations for Jazz for Serice Management and WebSphere Application Serer, or create and specify the installation directories. Click Next. 9. Specify the credentials for the WebSphere Application Serer profile and DB2. a. Create the user name and password for the WebSphere Application Serer profile. This user name and password is used to log in to the Dashboard Application Serices Hub to access Tioli Common Reporting. The default user name is smadmin. Restriction: The password must be at least 8 characters. b. Specify the DB2 user name and password that you created when you installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. The default user name is: db2admin Important: Ensure that DB2 is started. c. Click Next to create the user name and password and to erify the DB2 credentials. 10. Click Run to install the components. You can monitor the results of each component in the Reiew Results panel. 11. When the components are successfully installed, click Exit. What to do next Before you can run Cognos reports, you must configure the WAREHOUS data source. For more information about configuring the data source, see Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports. Optionally, you can configure the Jazz for Serice Management serice to start automatically by completing the steps in Starting the Jazz for Serice Management serice on page 130. Tip: Reiew the installation checklist to ensure that you complete all the tasks to set up Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports Configure the WAREHOUS data source to connect Tioli Common Reporting to the WAREHOUS database and import the Cognos reports. Before you begin Before you run the data source script, ensure that the following tasks are completed: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is installed. Jazz for Serice Management, which includes Tioli Common Reporting and WebSphere Application Serer, is installed. You must know the following alues: The password for itmuser. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 129

144 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager The user name and password for the serices management administrator. The default is smadmin. The installation location of Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. The installation location of Jazz for Serice Management. About this task The data source script imports the Cognos reports and connects Tioli Common Reporting to the WAREHOUS database. The data source script and the TSM_Cognos.zip files are in the tools directory of the installation directory. Procedure 1. Open a command line and change to the following directory: install_dir\tools where install_dir is the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation location. 2. From a command line, issue the following command: datasource.bat -j jazzsm_location -u jazzsm_user -p jazzsm_password -i itmuser_password where: jazzsm_location is the installation location for Jazz for Serice Management jazzsm_user is the serice management administrator ID that was created during the installation of Jazz for Serice Management jazzsm_password is the password for jazzsm_user itmuser_password is the password for itmuser Tip: If you want to import Cognos reports from a preious setup, use the -r option and specify the location of the compressed reports file. What to do next You can run Cognos reports to see historical data from the Tioli Storage Manager serers that you are monitoring. Go to Running a Cognos report on page 134. For a list of Cognos reports that are aailable, see Cognos status and trend reports ( com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/r_rpt_cognos_rpts.html). Starting the Jazz for Serice Management serice By default, the Jazz for Serice Management serice does not restart after the system restarts. You must start Jazz for Serice Management manually or you can configure it restart automatically. About this task If you want to access the Dashboard Application Serices Hub or iew Cognos reports, Jazz for Serice Management must be running. Procedure To start Jazz for Serice Management, complete one of the following actions: 130 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

145 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Verifying the installation To start Jazz for Serice Management manually, issue the following commands from the command line: cd jazzsm_install_dir\profile\bin startserer.bat serer1 where jazzsm_install_dir is the Jazz for Serice Management installation directory. By default, the installation directory is in the following location: C:\Program Files\IBM\JazzSM To ensure that Jazz for Serice Management starts automatically when the system restarts, issue the following commands from the command line: cd installation_dir\tools autostartwin.bat -j "jazzsm_install_dir" where: installation_dir is the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation directory. By default, the installation directory is in the following location: C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting jazzsm_install_dir is the Jazz for Serice Management installation directory. By default, the installation directory is in the following location: C:\Program Files\IBM\JazzSM After you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager and Jazz for Serice Management, erify that all of the components are installed and configured correctly. Procedure To erify that the installation was successful, complete these steps: 1. Verify that the Tioli Enterprise Portal serer ersion is : a. Open the Manage Tioli Enterprise Management Serices application: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. b. Verify that the ersion of Tioli Enterprise Portal serer is in the Version column. 2. In Manage Tioli Enterprise Management Serices, erify that the Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager template ersion is correct. For example, for ersion 7.1.0, the ersion is Verify database connectiity: a. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal with your sysadmin user ID and password by using one of the following methods: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices and select Tioli Enterprise Portal under Serice/Application. You can also double-click the Tioli Enterprise Portal icon on your desktop. Open a web browser and specify the address of the serer where the Tioli Enterprise Portal was installed, similar to the following example: where hostname is the serer name and 1920///cnp/kdh/lib/cnp.html is the port and location of the Jaa Tioli Enterprise Portal web Client. Tip: Always use this port number and location. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 131

146 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager b. Click the Warehouse Proxy node to highlight it in the Naigator pane. Note: The Warehouse Proxy node can be found in the following location: Enterprise > Windows System > hostname > Warehouse Proxy c. In the Database Information table, erify that the DB Connectiity has a alue of YES and that the DB Version has a alue of d. Click the Summarization and Pruning Agent node to highlight it in the Naigator pane. e. In the Connectiity table, erify that the TEPS Connectiity alue and the DB Connectiity alues are YES. 4. Verify that the history configuration is configured: a. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal by following the steps in Step 3.a. b. Click Edit > History Configuration. c. Verify that there are seeral KSK_* attribute groups under the Tioli Storage Manager node in the naigation pane. d. Click to highlight Tioli Storage Manager in the content pane. Under the Group column, erify that there are seeral groups with the icon that precedes the name. The icon indicates that the attribute is running to summarize and store data. 5. If you completed a new installation, erify that pruning is configured: a. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal by following the steps in Step 3.a. b. Click Edit > History Configuration. c. Click the Tioli Storage Manager node to highlight it. d. Click any of the attribute groups with the icon, and iew the Pruning section in the window. If configured, all the check boxes are selected and there are numerical alues in the fields. For more information, see Configuring summarization and pruning settings on page Optional: If you configured the monitoring agent, installed Jazz for Serice Management, and ran the data source script, you can erify the configuration and begin working with the reports. a. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal by following the steps in Step 3.a with the sysadmin user ID and password and reiew the workspaces to erify that data is being collected. Note: The workspaces can be found in the Naigator pane under the following node: Enterprise > Windows System > hostname > Tioli Storage Manager If you created multiple instances of the agent, click each agent instance that is listed under the Tioli Storage Manager branch in the Naigator pane. Each agent instance has its own list of workspaces. Reiew a few workspaces to erify that data is coming in from the Tioli Storage Manager serer. You can also naigate to the Agent Log workspace and look for messages such as TSM login succeeded. If you see a message that indicates that the login failed, you probably specified an incorrect ID or password when you configured the agent instance. If data is not being collected, see Resoling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager problems 132 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

147 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( com.ibm.itsm.tshoot.doc/c_pdg_reportprobs.html). b. Log on to the IBM Dashboard Application Serices Hub with the Jazz for Serice Management administrator ID and password: 1) Open a web browser and enter the following address: where port is the port number that is specified when you installed Jazz for Serice Management. The default port is The hostname is the host name of the system where Jazz for Serice Management is installed. c. Click the Reporting icon in the side naigation menu and click Common Reporting. You can iew Cognos reports by selecting IBM Tioli Storage Manager Cognos Reports. Tip: You might need to wait 1 or 2 hours after configuration before you can see historical data in the Cognos reports. What to do next If you experience issues with your installation such as data not displaying in your reports, or other issues, see Resoling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager problems ( com.ibm.itsm.tshoot.doc/c_pdg_reportprobs.html). For more information about reports, see Reporting and monitoring with Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/c_rpt_adm_or.html). Taking the first steps after installation After you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you must complete additional tasks to finish your setup. Then you can start real-time monitoring of your Tioli Storage Manager serers and start collecting historical data so you can run Tioli Common Reporting reports. Procedure Complete the following steps after the installation: 1. Configure the WAREHOUS data source to connect Tioli Common Reporting to the WAREHOUS database. Complete the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page Create an agent instance for each Tioli Storage Manager serer that you want to monitor. You must create and configure a monitoring agent instance for each Tioli Storage Manager serer that you want to monitor. You can create up to 5 agent instances on the monitoring serer. If you intend to monitor more than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers, you must use the installer to install only the monitoring agent directly on the Tioli Storage Manager serers you want to monitor. Alternatiely, you can install the agent on a supported operating system and configure the agent instance to connect to the Tioli Storage Manager serer. See Creating and configuring the agent instance on Windows systems on page 125. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 133

148 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 3. View the real-time workspaces from the Tioli Enterprise Portal. There is a set of workspaces aailable for each monitoring agent that is created. After you configure the monitoring agents, you can immediately see data in seeral of the workspaces. a. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal with your sysadmin user ID and password by using one of the following methods: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices and select Tioli Enterprise Portal under Serice/Application. You can also double-click the Tioli Enterprise Portal icon on your desktop. Or, open a web browser and specify the address of the serer where the Tioli Enterprise Portal is installed, similar to the following example: where hostname is the serer name and 1920///cnp/kdh/lib/cnp.html is the port and location of the Jaa Tioli Enterprise Portal web Client. Tip: Always use this port number and location. b. Reiew the workspaces to monitor the Tioli Storage Manager serers in real time. The workspaces can be found in the Naigator pane under the following node: Enterprise > Windows System > hostname > Warehouse Proxy Running a Cognos report Note: If the workspaces do not display data, reiew the Agent Log workspace for any errors. 4. View the historical reports by completing the steps in Running a Cognos report. 5. Reiew the WAREHOUS pruning settings and update them if necessary. The WAREHOUS data is pruned at set interals and affects the data that is displayed in your historical reports. a. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal by completing Step 3a. b. Click Edit > History Configuration. c. Click the Tioli Storage Manager node to highlight it. d. In the Pruning section, update any of the settings, and click OK to sae the changes. You can iew historical reports by running the Cognos reports from the Dashboard Application Serices Hub. Before you begin Before you can run a report, the following tasks must be completed: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is installed. Jazz for Serice Management, which includes Tioli Common Reporting and WebSphere Application Serer, is installed. The WAREHOUS data source is configured. Procedure 1. Open a web browser and go to logon.jsp, where hostname is the name of your operating system. 134 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

149 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 2. Log on to the Dashboard Application Serices Hub with the serice management administrator ID and password. The default user name is smadmin. 3. Click the Reporting icon in the naigation menu and click Common Reporting to access the list of Cognos reports. 4. Click a report to run it. Configuring agents and serices After you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you can manually configure the IBM Tioli Monitoring agents. Configuring summarization and pruning settings After you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you can configure summarization and pruning settings for the WAREHOUS database. Before you begin The summarization and pruning settings control how often data is collected and pruned from the WAREHOUS database. The alues are set independently for each attribute group. The attribute groups correspond to workspaces in the Tioli Enterprise Portal. The summarized data is stored in the WAREHOUS database and is used to populate the Cognos reports. When the summarized data is periodically pruned, the data is remoed from the WAREHOUS database. About this task Summarization and pruning alues are automatically configured during installation. Pruning can help reduce the amount of data that is stored in the database, in some cases by as much as 50%. Pruning can also help with performance issues if the database becomes too large. You can adjust the alues so that they are appropriate for your organization. Note: DB2 allocates space for the database size to increase. Pruning reduces the amount of data that is stored in the database. To reduce the size of the database, go to the DB2 Knowledge Center: knowledgecenter/ssepgg_ and search for reducing databases. Procedure To configure summarization and pruning settings, complete the following steps: 1. Log on to the Tioli Enterprise Portal by using the sysadmin ID and password. 2. From the main menu, click Edit > History Configuration and click Tioli Storage Manager to highlight it. 3. In the Select Attribute Groups pane, highlight the rows that contain the groups that you want to modify. The summarization and pruning fields become actie. 4. Select the summarization and pruning alues that you want to modify, specify how long you want to keep the data, and click OK. The following table shows one example of a modified pruning setup. Your settings can ary depending on the data that you collect, how often you collect it, how long you keep it, and how often you prune it. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 135

150 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 25. Default pruning setup Summarization alue Pruning alue Numeric alue Time units Yearly Yearly 7 Years Quarterly Quarterly 2 Years Monthly Monthly 2 Years Weekly Weekly 6 Months Daily Daily 2 Months Hourly Hourly 14 Days Detailed data 3 Months As a best practice, start with the default settings, and test your system to ensure that data is being collected. When you are satisfied that the data is being collected correctly, you can adjust the collection interal and pruning alues to suit the needs of your organization. Be sure to allow sufficient time to elapse before you expect data to display in reports. Data is displayed in the reports that are based on the summarization interals that you choose. You cannot run a report on data that was remoed through pruning. Manually configuring the Tioli Enterprise Portal serer When Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is installed, a script is run to configure the Tioli Enterprise Portal serer. You can erify that the serer is configured correctly, or you can manually reconfigure this serer if necessary. Procedure 1. Start the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices application: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. 2. From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, select Tioli Enterprise Portal Serer, right-click, and select Reconfigure. 3. Verify that the host name and port numbers specify where the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer is located, and click OK. Click OK again. 4. Click Yes to reconfigure the warehouse connection information for the Tioli Enterprise Portal Serer. 5. Click OK in the Warehouse Proxy Database Selection window to accept DB2 as the default database type. Restriction: There are other choices that are listed, but DB2 is the database that is required for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. 6. Verify that the following fields are correct: Data Source Name: ITM Warehouse Database User ID: ITMUser Database Name: Warehous DB Admin User ID: db2admin 7. Remoe, and retype the password in the Database Password field and the DB Admin Password field. 8. Click OK. 136 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

151 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Note: The message Successfully configured warehouse data source displays. If you do not receie this message, there is at least one empty field or an error in configuring the serice. Tip: There is no check for alid passwords, therefore it is important to retype the passwords correctly. 9. Click OK to complete the configuration process. 10. Click OK in the Common Eent Console Configuration window. 11. From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, right-click Tioli Enterprise Portal Serer, and click Start. Manually configuring the Warehouse Proxy agent When Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is installed, a script is run to configure the Warehouse Proxy agent. Sometimes you might need to erify that the agent is configured correctly, or manually reconfigure the agent if necessary. Procedure 1. Start the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices application: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. 2. From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, right-click Warehouse Proxy, and click Reconfigure. 3. Click OK to the message that says When configuring the Warehouse Proxy, remember that it must connect to a HUB TEMS (not a remote TEMS). 4. Ensure that the Primary TEMS connection field indicates IP.PIPE, orip.spipe if you are using the SSL protocol. 5. Verify that the host name and port numbers specify where the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer is located, and click OK. 6. Verify that DB2 is selected as the database and click Next to continue. Restriction: There are other choices that are listed, but DB2 is the database that is required for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. 7. Verify that the following fields are correct: ODBC DSN: ITM Warehouse Username: ITMUser 8. Verify that the following options are selected: Use Batch Warehouse Compression for Distributed Sources 9. Remoe, and retype the password in the Password field and the Confirm Password field. 10. Click Test connection to erify that connection to the database is successful. 11. Click OK to complete the configuration process. 12. From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, right-click Warehouse Proxy, and click Start. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 137

152 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Manually configuring the Warehouse Summarization and Pruning agent When Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is installed, a script is run to configure the Warehouse Summarization and Pruning agent. Sometimes you might need to erify that the agent is configured correctly, or manually reconfigure this agent if necessary. Procedure 1. Start the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices application: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. 2. From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, right-click Warehouse Summarization and Pruning Agent, and click Reconfigure. Tip: If Reconfigure is not aailable, double-click Warehouse Summarization and Pruning Agent in the Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices application, to start the initial configuration wizard. 3. Ensure that the Primary TEMS connection field indicates IP.PIPE, orip.spipe if you are using the SSL protocol. 4. Verify that the host name and port numbers specify where the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer is located, and click OK. 5. Verify that DB2 is selected as the database and click Next to continue. 6. Verify that the following information is specified: In the JDBC JARS section, erify that the following jar files are specified: C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting\db2\jaa\db2jcc.jar C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting\db2\jaa\db2jcc_license_cu.jar JDBC URL: jdbc:db2://myserer:50000/warehous where myserer can be the IP address or host name of the system. You can also use localhost. The default DB2 port number is Ensure that the default Tioli Warehouse database name WAREHOUS is appended to the end of the URL. JDBC Drier: com.ibm.db2.jcc.db2drier The Warehouse User is the IBM Tioli Monitoring user ID. The default user ID is: ITMUser The default alue for TEP Serer Host is localhost. The default alue for TEP Serer Port is Click Test connection to erify that the connection to the database is successful. 8. Click OK to complete the configuration process. 9. From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, right-click Warehouse Summarization and Pruning Agent, and click Start. 138 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

153 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Managing secure communications You can add more protection for your data and passwords by using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol and ensuring that the system complies with the NIST SPS A security standard. Disabling earlier Transport Layer Security ersions You can use the Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.2 protocol for communications between a monitoring agent and a Tioli Storage Manager serer. TLS 1.2 is designed to proide a higher leel of security than TLS 1.1. About this task TLS is a cryptographic protocol that proides communication security. The highest ersion of the protocol is selected. To increase security, you can disable TLS ersions earlier than 1.2. The monitoring agent uses TLS 1.2. You can use the TLS 1.2 protocol by editing the enironment file of the monitoring agent to make earlier ersions of the TLS protocol unaailable. Procedure To disable TLS 1.1 and earlier, complete the following steps: 1. Open the enironment file of the monitoring agent instance. The enironment file is named KSKENV_xxx, where xxx is the instance name of the monitoring agent. The file is in the IBM Tioli Monitoring installation directory, for example, C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting\ITM\ TMAITM6. 2. Add the following line to the enironment file: KSK_SSL_DISABLE_LEGACY_TLS=1 3. Restart the monitoring agent: a. Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. b. Right-click the monitoring agent and click Recycle. Configuring Secure Sockets Layer communication You can use the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol to encrypt communications between a monitoring agent and a Tioli Storage Manager serer. About this task To secure communications by using the SSL protocol, you must obtain an SSL certificate from the Tioli Storage Manager serer. You must place the certificate in a local truststore file that is accessible by the monitoring agent. Setting up communications with SSL, inoles the following tasks: You must obtain the SSL certificate. You must create the local truststore file. For each monitoring agent instance, you must add the Tioli Storage Manager serer certificate to the truststore file, and configure the monitoring agent to use SSL. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 139

154 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Configuring the serer to use the cert256.arm certificate To use the SSL protocol with the TLS 1.2 protocol for communications between a serer and a monitoring agent, you must specify the cert256.arm certificate as the default certificate on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Before you begin Determine whether the Tioli Storage Manager serer is using the cert256.arm certificate by default by issuing the following command: gsk8capicmd_64 -cert -list -db cert.kdb -stashed Reiew the output to determine whether the TSM Serer SelfSigned SHA Key label is set as the default certificate. If it is not the default, complete the steps in the procedure. Procedure To specify the cert256.arm certificate as the default, complete the following steps from the Tioli Storage Manager serer: 1. Issue the following command from the Tioli Storage Manager serer instance directory: gsk8capicmd_64 -cert -setdefault -db cert.kdb -stashed -label "TSM Serer SelfSigned SHA Key" 2. Restart the Tioli Storage Manager serer so that it can receie the changes to the key database file. 3. Optional: To erify that the TSM Serer SelfSigned SHA Key label is set as the default, issue the following command. gsk8capicmd_64 -cert -list -db cert.kdb -stashed Creating the truststore file If you plan to secure communications between monitoring agents and the Tioli Storage Manager serer by using the SSL protocol, you must create a local truststore file. About this task The local truststore file is used to store trusted certificates. On each system where you installed the monitoring agent software, you must create one truststore file. Procedure To create the local truststore file, complete the following steps from the system where you installed and configured the monitoring agent: 1. Start IBM Key Management by opening a command line and issuing the ikeyman command: install_dir\itm\jaa\jaa70_x64\jre\bin\ikeyman.exe where install_dir is the directory where the monitoring agent is installed. The default installation path is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting. 2. Create a database file by clicking Key Database File > New. 3. In the Key database type field, select JKS. 4. Specify the file name and the location for the truststore file. The default file name is key.jks. Click OK. 140 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

155 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Restriction: The monitoring agent must hae access rights to the truststore file. 5. In the Password Prompt window, specify and confirm the password. Click OK. The password is required to access the truststore file. 6. Restart the monitoring agent: a. Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. b. Right-click the monitoring agent and click Recycle. Adding the Tioli Storage Manager certificate to the truststore file You must add the Tioli Storage Manager serer self-signed certificate to the truststore file. Before you begin Before you add the Tioli Storage Manager certificate to the truststore file, erify that you completed the following tasks: You created a local truststore file on the same system where the monitoring agent is installed and configured. The Tioli Storage Manager serer that you are configuring for SSL is using the cert256.arm certificate by default. To ensure that the certificate is set by default, follow the instructions in Configuring the serer to use the cert256.arm certificate on page 140. About this task Each Tioli Storage Manager serer creates a self-signed certificate when the serer is first started. For each serer that is being monitored, the certificate must be added to the truststore file. Procedure To add the Tioli Storage Manager self-signed certificate to the local truststore file, complete the following steps: 1. If the monitoring agent is installed and configured on the IBM Tioli Monitoring system, copy the Tioli Storage Manager serer certificate to the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager file system. The file name of the certificate is cert256.arm. The file is stored on the Tioli Storage Manager serer in the serer instance directory, for example: C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\SERVER1\cert256.arm Complete the remaining steps from the system where you installed the monitoring agent: 2. Start IBM Key Management by opening a command line and issuing the ikeyman command: install_dir\itm\jaa\jaa70_x64\jre\bin\ikeyman.exe where install_dir is the directory where the monitoring agent is installed. The default installation path is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting. 3. Click Key Database File > Open. 4. In the Key database type field, select JKS. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 141

156 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 5. In the Open window, click Browse, and go to the directory where you created the truststore file, key.jks. Click Open, and click OK. 6. In the Password Prompt window, specify the password for the truststore file, and click OK. 7. In the IBM Key Management window, in the Key database content area, select Signer Certificates from the list, and click Add. 8. In the Open window, click Browse, and go to the directory where you placed the Tioli Storage Manager serer certificate file, cert256.arm. Click Open, and click OK. 9. Specify a label for the certificate and click OK. For example, you can specify the name of the Tioli Storage Manager serer along with the name of the certificate: serer1.cert256.arm. The certificate is stored in the truststore file. 10. Close the IBM Key Management window. 11. Restart the monitoring agent: a. Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. b. Right-click the monitoring agent and click Recycle. Configuring the monitoring agent to use Secure Sockets Layer Before you can secure communications by using the SSL protocol, you must reconfigure the monitoring agent instances to use the SSL protocol. Before you begin Ensure that you created a local truststore file on the system where the monitoring agent is installed and that you added the Tioli Storage Manager certificate to the truststore file. Ensure that all the monitoring agents are configured this way. Procedure To configure a monitoring agent instance to use the SSL protocol, complete the following steps: 1. Open the Manage Tioli Enterprise Management Serices application: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. 2. Right-click the Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent instance and click Reconfigure. 3. In the Port Number (TCP/IP or SSL) field, specify the port number: If the dsmser.opt file specifies the ADMINONCLIENT NO option, use the port number that is specified by SSLTCPADMINPort. If the dsmser.opt file does not specify the ADMINONCLIENT NO option, use the port number that is specified by SSLTCPPort. 4. In the File/Location of SSL Certificate store field, specify the location of the local truststore file that you created. The default file name is key.jks. Click OK to finish the configuration. What to do next If you want to disable earlier TLS connection protocols to increase security, follow the instructions in Disabling earlier Transport Layer Security ersions on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

157 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager To enhance system security, you can enable the NIST SP A security standard. To configure the components in your enironment to comply with the NIST SP A standard, follow the instructions in Enabling the NIST SP A security standard. Enabling the NIST SP A security standard The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publications (SP) A standard strengthens algorithms and increases key lengths to improe security. To enable the NIST SP A security standard, you must configure Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager components indiidually. Configuring the monitoring agent for compliance with the NIST SP A standard To enhance communication security, you can configure a Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent to comply with the NIST SP A standard. Before you begin Before you configure the monitoring agent to comply with the NIST SP A standard, ensure that the following requirements are met: You must hae at least one monitoring agent instance. To create a monitoring agent instance, follow the instructions in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124. The monitoring agent is configured to use SSL protocol. For more information about setting up SSL communication, see Configuring Secure Sockets Layer communication on page 139. The Tioli Storage Manager serer is using the cert256.arm certificate by default. For more information about setting the default certificate, see Configuring the serer to use the cert256.arm certificate on page 140. The Tioli Storage Manager serer is configured to comply with the NIST SP A security standard. For more information about configuring the serer to comply with the security standard, see Configuring the Tioli Storage Manager serer for compliance with the NIST SP A standard on page 146. About this task To enable the monitoring agent to be in compliance with the NIST SP A standard, you must configure the following communication paths: From the monitoring agent to the Tioli Storage Manager serer From the monitoring agent to the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub Procedure 1. Open the Manage Tioli Enterprise Management Serices application: Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. 2. Secure the communication path from the monitoring agent to the Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer hub: a. Right-click the monitoring agent and click Reconfigure. b. In the Primary TEMS Connection area of the window, set Protocol 1 to IP.SPIPE. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 143

158 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager c. Click OK and follow the instructions in the wizard to complete the configuration. d. Restart the agent. 1) Click Start > All Programs > IBM Tioli Monitoring > Manage Tioli Monitoring Serices. 2) Right-click the monitoring agent and click Recycle. 3. Repeat the steps to set Protocol 1 to IP.SPIPE for the following serers and agents: Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer Tioli Enterprise Portal serer Summarization and Pruning Agent Warehouse Proxy Agent 4. Secure the communication path from the monitoring agent to the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Disable communications that use protocols earlier than TLS 1.2 by completing the steps in Disabling earlier Transport Layer Security ersions on page 139. Configuring IBM Tioli Monitoring for compliance with the NIST SP A standard To enhance communication security, you can configure IBM Tioli Monitoring to comply with the NIST SP A standard. About this task You must complete the configuration for all of the following components: Warehouse Proxy Agent Summarization and Pruning Agent Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer Tioli Enterprise Portal serer Other serices, commands, and serers can optionally be configured if you are using them. For instructions about configuring the IBM Tioli Monitoring components to be in compliance with the NIST SP A standard, go to the IBM Tioli Monitoring Knowledge Center at SSTFXA_ and reiew the Enabling SP A for IBM Tioli Monitoring section. Configuring Jazz for Serice Management for compliance with the NIST SP A standard Jazz for Serice Management is installed along with IBM WebSphere Application Serer. To make Jazz for Serice Management NIST SP A compliant, you must configure WebSphere Application Serer to comply with the NIST SP A standard. 144 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

159 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Exporting the WebSphere Application Serer certificate: You can export the WebSphere Application Serer certificate so that you can import it in to the truststore file. Procedure To export the WebSphere Application Serer certificate, complete the following steps: 1. Log on to the WebSphere Integrated Solutions console. Open a web browser and enter the following address: where hostname is the host name of the system where you installed Jazz for Serice Management. 2. In the WebSphere Integrated Solutions Console naigation tree, click Security > SSL certificate and key management. Then click Key stores and certificates > NodeDefaultKeyStore > Personal Certificates. 3. Select the default certificate and click Extract. 4. Enter a file name for the extracted certificate, for example, was_cert.arm. Select the default data type and click OK. The file is created in the following directory: JazzSM_directory\profile\etc\ where JazzSM_directory is the path where you installed Jazz for Serice Management. Adding the WebSphere Application Serer certificate to the truststore file: You can add the WebSphere Application Serer certificate to the truststore file to secure communications between the WebSphere Application Serer and Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Before you begin Ensure that you hae a local truststore file on the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager system. If you did not create a truststore file, complete the steps in Creating the truststore file on page 140. Procedure To add the WebSphere certificate to the local truststore file, complete the following steps: 1. Start IBM Key Management by opening a command line and issuing the ikeyman command: install_dir\itm\jaa\jaa70_x64\jre\bin\ikeyman.exe where install_dir is the directory where the monitoring agent is installed. The default installation path is C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting. 2. Click Key Database File > Open. 3. In the Key database type field, select JKS. 4. In the Open window, click Browse, and go to the directory where you created the truststore file, for example, key.jks. Click Open, and click OK. Chapter 9. Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 145

160 Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 5. In the Password Prompt window, specify the password for the truststore file, and click OK. 6. In the IBM Key Management window, from the list in the Key database content area, select Signer Certificates, and click Add. 7. In the Open window, click Browse, and go to the directory where you placed the WebSphere Application Serer certificate file. Click Open, and click OK. 8. Specify a label for the certificate and click OK. The certificate is stored in the truststore file. 9. Close the IBM Key Management window. Configuring the Tioli Storage Manager serer for compliance with the NIST SP A standard To enhance communication security, you can configure the Tioli Storage Manager serer to be in compliance with the NIST SP A standard. About this task The Tioli Storage Manager serer must be configured to secure the communications from the monitoring agent to the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Procedure To configure the Tioli Storage Manager serer to be in compliance with the NIST SP A standard, complete the following tasks: 1. Set up the SSL and TLS protocols by following the instructions in Setting up Secure Sockets Layer and Transport Layer Security ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ t_mngdata_setupssl.html). 2. Specify communication ports for TLS by following the instructions in Specifying communication ports ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ r_mngdata_specommports.html). 3. Replace certificates in the key database file for the Tioli Storage Manager serer by following the instructions in Adding a certificate to the key database ( com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/r_mngdata_sslkeyring.html). 146 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

161 Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to Version 7.1 Upgrade scenarios You can upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V7.1. The monitoring agents that are installed on any of your Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager serers must be upgraded to the same leel. Before you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, choose the scenario that best meets the needs of your company. Scenario 1: Your enironment is monitoring 1-5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Scenario 2: Your enironment is monitoring more than 5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Scenario 3: You hae an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment that was not installed as part of Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Consider the following restrictions before you decide which scenario to use: If you hae a Tioli Storage Manager serer that is in a different time zone than the system with Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, install the monitoring agent on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. See Scenario 2 to install the agent directly on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. If you hae more than fie serers, install the monitoring agent on each of the serers because it is the most efficient use of memory on both the Tioli Storage Manager serer and the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager serer. You can only install the monitoring agent on AIX, Linux X86_64, and Windows operating systems. Table 26. Upgrade scenarios Upgrade scenario Description Tasks that you must complete Scenario 1 Use this scenario for an upgraded installation, with a plan to monitor and report on 1-5 Tioli Storage Manager serers. Complete all of the tasks in this scenario on the same system: 1. Upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. The approximate installation time is minutes, depending on the speed of your system. Restriction: You cannot install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Howeer, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system, including any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

162 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Table 26. Upgrade scenarios (continued) Upgrade scenario Description Tasks that you must complete Scenario 2 Use this scenario for an 1. Upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli upgraded installation, Storage Manager. The approximate with a plan to monitor installation time is minutes. and report on more than 2. Upgrade the monitoring agents that are 5 Tioli Storage Manager installed on any of your Tioli Storage serers. Manager serers. Optionally, install and configure additional agents on any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. The approximate upgrade time for the agent is minutes, and an additional 10 minutes, per agent, to manually configure each agent. Restriction: You cannot install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Howeer, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system, including any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. Scenario 3 Use this scenario for upgrading an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment. Prerequisite: You must hae IBM Tioli Monitoring ersion FP2, or later installed. 1. Upgrade the monitoring agent on the IBM Tioli Monitoring serer where Tioli Enterprise Monitoring serer and Tioli Enterprise Portal serer are installed. During the agent upgrade, you must specify the same directory as you did when you installed IBM Tioli Monitoring. 2. Upgrade any monitoring agents that are installed on any of your Tioli Storage Manager serers. Optionally, install and configure additional agents on any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. The approximate upgrade time for the agent is minutes, and an additional 10 minutes, per agent, to manually configure each agent. Restriction: You cannot install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system where the Tioli Storage Manager serer is installed. Howeer, you can install the monitoring agent on any supported operating system, including any Tioli Storage Manager serers that you want to monitor. 148 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

163 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from Version 6.3 to Version 7.1 You can upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from V6.3 to V7.1. Before you begin Before you upgrade to Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, ensure that the following tasks are completed: You hae Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 installed. If not, you must upgrade to ersion 6.3 before you can upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to ersion 7.1. Reiew the planning information such as system requirements and release notes. You hae the required access priileges, including the user IDs and passwords. You can use the installation worksheet to record the information. Reiew the upgrade scenarios, and choose the one that best suits your needs. You know the DB2 database instance user ID password that was created during the V6.3 installation. Optional: Back up the WAREHOUS database to ensure that you hae a copy that you can restore if needed. To back up the V6.3 WAREHOUS database, see Backing up the DB2 WAREHOUS V6.3 database ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ t_rpt_bkup_warehous_634.html). Do not use a domain ID to install. The Windows user ID that you use when you install the software must be a local ID with administrator priileges, and cannot be a domain ID. Attention: Do not alter the DB2 software that is installed with Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation packages and fix packs. Do not install or upgrade to a different ersion, release, or fix pack of DB2 application because doing so can damage the database. Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager can use only components and ersions that are installed as part of the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation. The upgrade procedure must be done on the same system. To upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V7.1 on a different system, see Chapter 11, Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from one system to another, on page 165. About this task Restriction: If you created your own BIRT reports, they cannot be imported in to Tioli Common Reporting. All of the packaged BIRT reports are aailable as Cognos reports in Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1. Procedure To upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from V6.3 to V7.1, complete the following steps: 1. Log on to the system where Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager is installed. Log on with the administratie user ID that was used to install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3. Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

164 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 2. Change the password for the sysadmin, itmuser, and TEPS user IDs so that the passwords are the same. Follow the steps in Resetting passwords for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.tshoot.doc/ ts_pdg_update_serices_win.html). 3. Optional: Export the Cognos reports, if you customized any reports or created your own: a. Create the upgradedata.zip file by issuing the following command: TCR_install_dir\profiles\TIPProfile\upgrade\bin\preupgrade.bat TCR_install_dir --username username --password password --productid TCR where username and password is the user name and password for the tipadmin user ID TCR_install_dir is the Tioli Common Reporting installation directory. The default directory is: C:\IBM\tioli\tip2 The compressed file is created in the following location: TCR_install_dir\profiles\TIPProfile\upgrade\data\upgradeData.zip. b. Moe the upgradedata.zip file out of the Administration Center installation directory so that the file is not deleted when you uninstall the Administration Center. 4. Optional: Export the IBM Tioli Monitoring situations, workspaces, and historical data: Exporting IBM Tioli Monitoring data on page Optional: Sae the agent instance configuration files to aoid manually re-creating them: Saing the agent instance configurations on page Uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3: Restriction: During the V6.3 uninstallation, do not delete the historical data from the WAREHOUS database. The WAREHOUS database will be used after you install 7.1. a. Completing steps 1-3 in SSGSG7_6.3.4/com.ibm.itsm.sr.install.doc/t_rpt_inst_uninstall_win.html. Attention: Do not delete the installation directory. 7. Uninstall the Administration Center: a. Complete steps in SSGSG7_6.3.4/com.ibm.itsm.sr.install.doc/t_ac_uninst.html. b. Restart the operating system. 8. Download and install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1. The full installation also installs the monitoring agent on the system. Complete the steps in the following section: Restriction: If you saed your agent instance configurations, you must install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to the same installation directory that was used for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 9. Recreate or import your agent instances. If you saed your agent instance configuration files, you can import them by completing the steps in Importing the agent instance configuration on page 156. Otherwise, recreate and configure your agent instances by completing the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

165 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 10. Install Jazz for Serice Management: Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page Configure the data source: Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page 129 The data source script configures the data source and imports the Cognos reports that you exported. When you run the script, specify the -r option for TCR cognos report import zip file, and specify the path to the compressed Cognos file that you exported, for example: datasource.bat -j jazzsm_location -u jazzsm_user -p jazzsm_password -i itmuser_password -r upgradedata.zip 12. Optional: Import the IBM Tioli Monitoring data if you exported any situations or workspaces: Importing IBM Tioli Monitoring data on page Optional: Configure the historical settings. You can use the historical settings file that you exported as a reference. Complete the steps in Configuring summarization and pruning settings on page 135. What to do next If you installed the monitoring agent on a remote serer, for instance a Tioli Storage Manager serer, you must upgrade the monitoring agent. Follow the steps in Upgrading the monitoring agent on page 162. Related tasks: Taking the first steps after installation on page 133 Exporting IBM Tioli Monitoring data You can export data that you created or customized on Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Version 6.3 so that you can import them after you upgrade. About this task Before you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from V6.3 to V7.1, or later, you can export situations and workspaces that you either customized or created, and you can export the historical settings. Procedure 1. From a command line, go to the following directory: installation_dir\itm\bin where installation_dir is the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation directory. The default is: C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting 2. Log on using the sysadmin user ID by issuing the following command: tacmd.exe login -s hostname -u sysadmin -p pswd where hostname is the name of the system. 3. Export the IBM Tioli Monitoring situations if you created your own. Issue the following command: tacmd.exe bulkexportsit -t sk -d -f -p my_sitation_dir Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

166 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager where my_sitation_dir is the path to the directory where you want to sae the exported situations. The situations are exported to the Bulk\SITUATION directory in the path that you specified in the command. Restriction: The directory must not exist in the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation directory. 4. Export the workspaces that you customized: a. Verify that your ID has workspace administration-mode authority: 1) Start Tioli Enterprise Portal. 2) Click Edit > Administer Users. 3) Select your ID, for example SYSADMIN. 4) In the Authorities section, select Workspace Administration. 5) Ensure that Workspace Administration Mode is selected, and click OK. b. Increase the maximum heap size to ensure that JVM has sufficient space by issuing the following commands: set TACMD_JVM_MAX_MEMORY=2048 c. Export the workspaces by issuing the following command for each workspace that you customized: tacmd.exe exportworkspaces -s hostname -w workspace_name -u sysadmin -p pswd -x workspace_dir\workspace_name.xml where workspace_dir is the directory path where you want to sae the exported workspace. Restriction: The directory must not exist in the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation directory. 5. Export the historical data to record the settings: Issue the following commands from a command prompt. Ensure that you update the pswd, INSTALL_DIR, and hostname ariables. SET admin=sysadmin SET pswd=sysadmin_password SET hostname=your_hostname SET INSTALL_DIR=C:\IBM\ITM SET type="tioli Storage Manager" cd %INSTALL_DIR%\bin tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK ACTIVITY LOG" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK ACTIVITY SUMMARY" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK CLIENT MISSED FILES" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK CLIENT NODE STATUS" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK CLIENT NODE STORAGE" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK NODE ACTIVITY" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK REPLDETAILS" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK REPLSTATUS" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK SCHEDULE" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK STORAGE DEVICE" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK STORAGE POOL" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt 152 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

167 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK TAPE USAGE" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt tacmd.exe histviewattributegroup -t "%type%" -o "KSK TAPE VOLUME" -s %hostname% -u %admin% -w %pswd% >> \temp_dir\collection_settings.txt 6. Verify that the historical data was successfully exported by reiewing the collections_settings.txt file. For each workspace, you might see text similar to the following example: KUIHVA001I Validating user credentials... Attribute Group Name : KSK ACTIVITY LOG Status : Configured Collections : KSK_KSKACTVLOG Summarization : Yearly : On Quarterly : On Monthly : On Weekly : On Daily : On Hourly : On Pruning : Yearly : 7 Years Quarterly : 2 Years Monthly : 2 Years Weekly : 6 Months Daily : 2 Months Hourly : 14 Days Detailed Data : 3 Months Aailable TEMS : TEMS_TCR Importing IBM Tioli Monitoring data You can import the data from IBM Tioli Monitoring Version 6.3 to Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Version 7.1, or later. Before you begin Before you can import the IBM Tioli Monitoring data, you must hae the situations and workspaces files that you exported. About this task After you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from V6.3 to V7.1, or later, you can import situations and workspaces. Procedure 1. From a command line, go to the following directory: installation_dir\itm\bin where installation_dir is the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation directory. The default is: C:\Program Files\Tioli\TSM\reporting 2. Log in as sysadmin by issuing the following command: tacmd.exe login -s hostname -u sysadmin -p pswd where hostname is the name of the system. 3. Import the IBM Tioli Monitoring situations that you exported. Issue the following command: tacmd.exe bulkimportsit -p my_situations_dir Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

168 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager where my_situations_dir is the path to the directory where you exported the situations. 4. Assign the situations to managed systems where the situations will run and then start the situations: a. Start Tioli Enterprise Portal. b. Click Edit > Situation Editor c. For each situation, select it, click the Distribution tab, assign it to a managed system, and then right-click the situation and click Start. d. If the imported situation was associated with a naigator item, recreate the association. 5. Import the workspaces that you customized or created: a. Verify that your ID has workspace administration-mode authority: 1) Start Tioli Enterprise Portal. 2) Click Edit > Administer Users. 3) Select your ID, for example SYSADMIN. 4) In the Authorities section, select Workspace Administration. 5) Ensure that Workspace Administration Mode is selected, and click OK. b. Increase the maximum heap size to ensure that JVM has sufficient space by issuing the following commands: set TACMD_JVM_MAX_MEMORY=2048 c. Import the workspaces that you exported. Issuing the following command for each workspace that you exported: tacmd.exe importworkspaces -s hostname -u sysadmin -p pswd -x /workspace_dir/workspace_name.xml where: workspace_dir is the path to where you extracted the workspaces workspace_name is the name of the workspace that you exported d. Optional: If you changed the workspace administration mode for the Tioli Enterprise Portal user ID, you can change it back to the original setting. See Step 5a. What to do next Configure the historical settings, if you do not want to use the default settings. You can refer to the historical settings output if you exported the settings. Complete the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page 129. Saing the agent instance configurations You can sae the monitoring agent instance configurations before you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Therefore, after you upgrade, you do not need to manually re-create the agent instances. Before you begin Before you can sae the agent instance configuration, you must hae Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 installed. 154 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

169 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager About this task Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 is installed with a large amount of custom configuration that can make it complex to re-create after an upgrade. If your agent instance configurations are complex, you can sae them before you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V7.1, or later. If the agent configuration is not complex, re-create the agent after you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Procedure To sae the agent instances, complete the following steps: 1. From Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices, stop all agents and serices. 2. Download and install the agent package V7.1, or later: Installing monitoring agents on Windows Tip: Install the agent in to the same directory where the V6.3 agent is installed. The default directory is: C:\IBM\itm 3. Go to the following directory: installation_dir\itm\tmaitm6 4. Back up or moe the configuration files to a temporary location. For example, for each agent instance, backup or moe the following files: KSKENV_instance_name kskcma_instance_name.ini host_sk_instance_name.cfg KSKAGENT_instance_name.exe kskagent_instance_name.ras where instance_name is the name of the agent instance, and host is the host name of the system. 5. Export the registry keys for the agent. a. Start regedit from a command line by issuing the following command: regedit b. Go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Candle\Install\Serices and export the Serices key as ksk_serices.reg. c. Go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Candle\KBB_ENVPATH and export the KBB_ENVPATH key as kbb_enpath.reg. d. Go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Candle\KBB_ENVPATH and export the KBB_ENVPATH key as kbb_enpath32.reg. e. Go to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\serices. For each agent instance, right-click the registry key named KSKCMA_instance_name, and export the key as instance_name_serice.reg, where instance_name is the name of the agent instance. f. Back up or sae all of the.reg files to a temporary location. Remember: On 32-bit Windows systems, remoe the Wow6432Node from the registry path. Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

170 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Importing the agent instance configuration If you saed the configuration files for the monitoring agents, you can import the agents in to Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later. Before you begin Before you can import the agent instances in to Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later, ensure that the following tasks are complete: You saed the configuration files for the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 agent instances by completing the steps from Saing the agent instance configurations on page 154. You installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later to the same installation directory that Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 was installed to. Remember: You must restart the system after you import the agent instances. Procedure To import the agent instances, complete the following steps: 1. Go to the following directory: installation_dir\itm\tmaitm6 2. Restore, or moe the configuration files that you saed in to the directory: KSKENV_instance_name kskcma_instance_name.ini host_sk_instance_name.cfg KSKAGENT_instance_name.exe kskagent_instance_name.ras where instance_name is the name of the agent instance, and host is the host name of the system. 3. Import the registry keys that you exported by double-clicking each.reg file: ksk_serices.reg kbb_enpath.reg kbb_enpath32.reg instance_name_serice.reg, where instance_name is the name of the agent instance. 4. Restart the system. What to do next You can start the agent instances to start collecting data. Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager To upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you can use the graphical installation wizard, the command line in console mode, or silent mode. Before you begin Before you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, erify that the following requirements are met: 156 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

171 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Ensure that your system meets the software and hardware requirements. For more information about the system requirements, see System requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on page 99. Do not install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on a system that has a Tioli Storage Manager serer installed. Do not use a domain ID to install. The Windows user ID that you use when you install must be a local ID with administrator priileges, and cannot be a domain ID. Verify that you hae the required access priileges, including user IDs and passwords. Ensure that there are no spaces and no non-ascii characters in the installation package name or in the path to the package. Use short path names for the extract directory to aoid problems with the 255-character path limit. For example, you can specify the C:\tsm_images directory. If you are installing the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agent in to an existing Tioli Monitoring enironment, specify the existing Tioli Monitoring installation directory. The default directory is C:\IBM\ITM. If you are upgrading from Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6, see Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from Version 6.3 to Version 7.1 on page 149. Attention: Do not alter the DB2 software that is installed with Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation packages and fix packs. Do not install or upgrade to a different ersion, release, or fix pack of DB2 application because doing so can damage the database. Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager can use only components and ersions that are installed as part of the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation. About this task With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

172 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Obtaining the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package You can obtain the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package from a DVD or an IBM download site such as IBM Passport Adantage. About this task Verify that you hae enough space to store the installation files when they are extracted from the product package. Procedure 1. Download the two installation packages from one of the following websites, or you can access the files from the product DVD: Go to Passport Adantage site at passportadantage/. Go to the Tioli Storage Manager support site at support/entry/portal/oeriew/software/tioli/tioli_storage_manager for maintenance fixes, and updates. 2. Depending on whether you hae the DVD disks or installation packages, complete one of the following methods to extract the files to the file system: Product DVD disks a. Create a directory on the file system. b. For each DVD disk, copy the contents of the disk in to the directory that you created. Tip: You can delete the files after you install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to free up space on the file system. Installation packages a. Create a directory and moe the two packages that you downloaded in to the directory. b. Either double-click each executable file, or enter the following command on the command line to extract the installation files. The files are extracted to the current directory. package_name.exe where package_name is the name of the file that you downloaded, for example: TSMRPT-Full-Installer-1of2-Windows exe Restriction: The path must contain no more than 128 characters. Do not extract the packages to a directory that contains preiously extracted files, or any other files. 158 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

173 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Upgrade wizard You can upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Upgrade wizard of IBM Installation Manager. Before you begin Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that you copied the DVD files to the local system, or that you downloaded and extracted the packages for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language that is used during the installation. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during installation is a user with local administrator authority. About this task With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Procedure To install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Change to the directory where you extracted the installation files. 2. Start the wizard by issuing the following command: install.bat Results If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory. You can iew installation log files by clicking File > View Log from the IBM Installation Manager tool. What to do next If you already hae Jazz for Serice Management installed, reconfigure the WAREHOUS data source to reconnect Tioli Common Reporting to the WAREHOUS database. Follow the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page 129. Otherwise, install Jazz for Serice Managementso that you can iew historical reports. Go to Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page 127. Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

174 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager After you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, see Taking the first steps after installation on page 133. Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode You can upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the command line. You must run the installation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line with the parameter for console mode. Before you begin Take the following actions before you start the installation: Verify that the operating system is set to the language that you require. By default, the language of the operating system is the language that is used during the installation. Ensure that the user ID that you plan to use during installation is a user with local administrator authority. About this task With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Procedure To install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Change to the directory where you extracted the installation files. 2. Start the wizard in console mode by issuing the following command from a command line: install.bat -c 3. Optional: Generate a response file as part of a console mode installation. Complete the console mode installation options, and in the Summary pane, specify G to generate the responses. Results If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs 160 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

175 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager What to do next If you already hae Jazz for Serice Management installed, reconfigure the WAREHOUS data source to reconnect Tioli Common Reporting to the WAREHOUS database. Follow the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page 129. Otherwise, install Jazz for Serice Managementso that you can iew historical reports. Go to Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page 127. After you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, see Taking the first steps after installation on page 133. Windows: Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode You can upgrade the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode without any user interaction by specifying a response file. You must run the installation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line with the parameters for silent mode. Before you begin The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation files were extracted, contains the following sample response files to install, update, and uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager: install_response_sample.xml update_response_sample.xml uninstall_response_sample.xml You must edit the sample files before you use them. About this task With the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package, you can install or upgrade the following software: Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only To determine when and where you would install only the agent package, reiew the installation scenarios. To install the agent on a remote serer, see Installing the monitoring agent on page 112. Restriction: You cannot install the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package and the agent only package on the same system. Procedure 1. Create a response file, or use one of the sample response files, such as install_response_sample.xml or update_response_sample.xml. 2. Edit the response file and specify a DB2 administrator password and the sysadmin user ID. You can also change other defaults if you need. 3. Start the silent installation by issuing the following command from the directory where the installation files were extracted: install.bat -s -input response_file -acceptlicense where response_file is the response file path, including the file name. Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

176 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Results If errors occur during the installation process, the errors are recorded in log files that are stored in the IBM Installation Manager logs directory, for example: C:\ProgramData\IBM\Installation Manager\logs What to do next If you already hae Jazz for Serice Management installed, reconfigure the WAREHOUS data source to reconnect Tioli Common Reporting to the WAREHOUS database. Follow the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page 129. Otherwise, install Jazz for Serice Managementso that you can iew historical reports. Go to Installing Jazz for Serice Management on page 127. After you upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, see Taking the first steps after installation on page 133. Upgrading the monitoring agent You can upgrade the monitoring agent so that the ersion is at the same leel as the monitoring agent on the IBM Tioli Monitoring serer. About this task You can upgrade the monitoring agent on remote serers for the Tioli Storage Manager serers that are being monitored. You can also upgrade the monitoring agent on an existing system that has IBM Tioli Monitoring installed. Restriction: The monitoring agent in the enironment must be at the same ersion as the agent on the system where IBM Tioli Monitoring is installed. Procedure To upgrade your existing monitoring agents to V7.1, complete the following steps: 1. Stop all existing monitoring agents by using one of the following methods: From the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, select each monitoring agent instance, and click Actions > Stop. 2. Install the monitoring agent V7.1 on the remote Tioli Storage Manager serer, or on an existing system that has IBM Tioli Monitoring installed. Complete the steps in Installing the monitoring agent on page Return to the Manage Tioli Enterprise Monitoring Serices window, right-click each monitoring agent instance, and click Start. Tip: Alternatiely, you can restart the agents by issuing the following commands: cd install_dir/itm/tables../bin/itmcmd agent -o instance_name start sk 162 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

177 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Upgrading the operating system You can upgrade the operating system so that it meets the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1 system requirements. About this task When you decide to upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V7.1, you might find that the operating system no longer meets the minimum system requirements. You can either upgrade the operating system, or migrate Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to another system. For more information about migrating the system, see Chapter 11, Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from one system to another, on page 165. Procedure To upgrade the operating system and upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, complete the following steps: 1. Back up the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager enironment: Backing up Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ t_rpt_bkup_itm4tsm.html) 2. Optional: Export the IBM Tioli Monitoring historical settings and situations that you created or customized. Ensure that you use the backup-archie client to back up the exported data. Complete the steps in Exporting IBM Tioli Monitoring data on page Optional: Sae the agent instance configuration files to aoid manually re-creating them: Saing the agent instance configurations on page Upgrade your operating system so that the system meets the minimum system requirements. 5. On the new system, download and install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later. The full installation also installs the monitoring agent on the system. Complete the steps in Chapter 9, Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, on page 95. Restriction: To aoid oerwriting data, do not start any monitoring agents until after you restore the WAREHOUS database. 6. On the new system, restore the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 data that you backed up, such as the WAREHOUS database, workspaces, and Cognos reports: Restoring Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/t_rpt_restore_itm4tsm.html). 7. Recreate or import your agent instances. If you saed your agent instance configuration files, you can import them by completing the steps in Importing the agent instance configuration on page 156. Otherwise, recreate and configure your agent instances by completing the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124. What to do next After you moe Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to the new system, you can configure the historical settings and the data source: Chapter 10. Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to V

178 Upgrading Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager You can configure the historical settings if you do not want to use the default settings. You can use the historical settings file that you exported as a reference. Follow the steps in Configuring summarization and pruning settings on page 135. Configure the data source by following the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

179 Chapter 11. Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from one system to another You can moe the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager enironment to a new system, with your configuration settings and data. About this task You might hae to migrate Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to another system for any of the following reasons: The operating system does not meet the system requirements for Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later. The system that you are using will no longer be aailable to host Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. You want to moe Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to newer or faster hardware. Restriction: A database backup from one platform family can only be restored on any system within the same platform family. Migration is only supported from Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 to V7.1, or later. You must upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.1 or V6.2 to V6.3 before you moe to V7.1, or later. You can upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from a Windows 32-bit system to a Windows 64-bit system. Similarly, you can upgrade Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager on any Linux 32-bit system to any Linux 64-bit system. Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 to V7.1, or later on another system You can moe the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager enironment to a new system and upgrade it at the same time. Procedure 1. Back up the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager enironment: Backing up Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ t_rpt_bkup_itm4tsm.html) 2. Optional: Export the IBM Tioli Monitoring historical settings and situations that you created or customized. Ensure that you use the backup-archie client to back up the exported data. Complete the steps in Exporting IBM Tioli Monitoring data on page On the new system, download and install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later. The full installation also installs the monitoring agent on the system. Complete the steps in Chapter 9, Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, on page 95. Restriction: To aoid oerwriting data, do not start any monitoring agents until after you restore the WAREHOUS database. 4. On the new system, restore the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 data that you backed up, such as the WAREHOUS database, workspaces, Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

180 and Cognos reports: Restoring Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/t_rpt_restore_itm4tsm.html). What to do next After you moe Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to the new system, you can configure the historical settings and the data source: You can configure the historical settings if you do not want to use the default settings. You can use the historical settings file that you exported as a reference. Follow the steps in Configuring summarization and pruning settings on page 135. Configure the data source by following the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page 129. Migrating Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later to another system You can moe Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later to a new system. Procedure 1. Back up the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager enironment: Backing up Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( support/knowledgecenter/ssgsg7_7.1.1/com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/ t_rpt_bkup_itm4tsm.html) 2. On the new system, download and install Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V7.1, or later. The full installation also installs the monitoring agent on the system. Complete the steps in Chapter 9, Installing Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, on page 95. Restriction: To aoid oerwriting data, do not start any monitoring agents until after you restore the WAREHOUS database. 3. On the new system, restore the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager V6.3 data that you backed up, such as the WAREHOUS database, workspaces, and Cognos reports: Restoring Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager ( com.ibm.itsm.sr.doc/t_rpt_restore_itm4tsm.html). 4. Reconfigure the monitoring agents by completing the steps in Creating and configuring the agent instance on page 124. What to do next After you moe Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager to the new system, you can configure the historical settings and the data source: You can configure the historical settings if you do not want to use the default settings. You can use the historical settings file that you exported as a reference. Follow the steps in Configuring summarization and pruning settings on page 135. Configure the data source by following the steps in Configuring the WAREHOUS data source and importing reports on page IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

181 Chapter 12. Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager You can uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager and the monitoring agents in your enironment if you no longer need them. About this task Use IBM Installation Manager to uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager or the monitoring agent. Howeer, If you installed the monitoring agent on an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring serer, complete the steps in Uninstalling monitoring agents in an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment on page 172. Tip: When you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, the monitoring agent on the system is also uninstalled. Therefore, you do not hae to uninstall the monitoring agent on the system after you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. Uninstalling Jazz for Serice Management You can uninstall Jazz for Serice Management if you no longer need it. About this task Before you uninstall Jazz for Serice Management, you must uninstall Tioli Common Reporting. Tip: The Cognos reports are remoed from the system when you uninstall Tioli Common Reporting. If you must retain the reports, you can export them. Procedure 1. Uninstall Tioli Common Reporting by completing the steps in com.ibm.psc.doc_1.1.0/tcr_original/ttcr_uninstall.html. 2. Uninstall Jazz for Serice Management by completing the steps in com.ibm.psc.doc_1.1.0/install/psc_t_install_uninstall_ad_oiew.html. 3. Remoe the Deployment Engine entries for Tioli Common Reporting by completing the following steps: a. Open a command line and go to the following directory: C:\Program Files\IBM\Common\acsi\bin b. Issue the following command: de_lsrootiu.cmd > de_lsrootiu.txt c. Reiew de_lsrootiu.txt and collect the UUID and discriminant alues for the following identitynames: TCRCore TCREmbedded TCRStandalone Install IU d. Delete the entry for each identityname by issuing the following command: Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

182 Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager deleterootiu.cmd UUID discriminant where UUID and discriminant are the alues from the de_lsrootiu.txt output. For example, to delete the TCRCore identityname, issue the following command: DelRootIUnRelationships 3DD9564D2E C1F35B07F2A2 "C:\Program Files\IBM\JazzSM\reporting" Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using IBM Installation Manager To uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you can use the wizard, the command line in console mode, or silent mode. Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Uninstall wizard You can uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the Uninstall wizard of IBM Installation Manager. Before you begin Before you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you must know the DB2 administrator password. Restriction: You must uninstall Jazz for Serice Management before you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. To uninstall Jazz for Serice Management, see Uninstalling Jazz for Serice Management on page 167. Procedure 1. Open IBM Installation Manager by issuing the following command from a command line: cd installation_manager\eclipse IBMIM.exe where installation_manager is the IBM Installation Manager installation directory. The default installation directory is: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager Tip: You can open IBM Installation Manager from the Start menu. 2. Click Uninstall. 3. Select IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, and click Next. 4. Enter the DB2 administrator password, and click Next. 5. Enter a selection depending on whether you want to delete or keep the historical data, and click Next. You can delete the historical data if you no longer need the data in the WAREHOUS database. 6. Click Uninstall and click Finish. 168 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

183 Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using console mode You can uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using the command line in console mode. You must run the uninstallation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line. Before you begin Before you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you must know the DB2 administrator password. Restriction: You must uninstall Jazz for Serice Management before you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. To uninstall Jazz for Serice Management, see Uninstalling Jazz for Serice Management on page 167. Procedure 1. From a command line, go to the following directory: installation_manager\eclipse\tools where installation_manager is the IBM Installation Manager installation directory, for example: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager\eclipse\tools 2. Start the uninstallation process by issuing the following command: imcl.exe -c 3. Enter 5 to remoe the installed software packages. 4. Enter N to accept the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package group. 5. Enter the item number to select the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installed package, and enter N for Next. 6. Enter 1 for DB2 configuration. 7. Enter 1 to type the DB2 administrators password, and enter the DB2 administrator password, and enter N for Next. 8. Enter a selection depending on whether you want to delete or keep the historical data. You can delete the historical data if you no longer need the data in the WAREHOUS database. 9. Enter N for Next. 10. Enter U for Uninstall, and enter F for Finish. Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager by using silent mode You can uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager in silent mode. You must run the uninstallation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line. Before you begin Before you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager, you must know the DB2 administrator password. Chapter 12. Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 169

184 Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation package was extracted, contains a sample response file for uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. If you installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from a DVD, you can find the input directory on the DVD. You can use the uninstall_response_sample.xml. Restriction: You must uninstall Jazz for Serice Management before you uninstall Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager. To uninstall Jazz for Serice Management, see Uninstalling Jazz for Serice Management on page 167. Procedure 1. Create a response file, or use the uninstall_response_sample.xml sample response file. 2. Edit the response file to add the DB2 administrator password. 3. From a command line, go to the following directory: installation_manager\eclipse\tools where installation_manager is the IBM Installation Manager installation directory, for example: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager\eclipse\tools 4. Start the uninstallation process by issuing the following command, where response_file represents the response file path, including the file name: imcl.exe -input response_file -silent Uninstalling monitoring agents Use the format in the following example: imcl.exe -input C:\tmp\input\uninstall_response.xml -silent You can uninstall the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager monitoring agents if you no longer need them. About this task If you used the Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager installation package to install the monitoring agent, you can use the uninstallation program of IBM Installation Manager to uninstall the monitoring agent. Howeer, if you installed the monitoring agent on an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring serer, complete the steps in Uninstalling monitoring agents in an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment on page 172. Uninstalling monitoring agents by using IBM Installation Manager To uninstall the monitoring agents, you can use the wizard, the command line in console mode, or silent mode. 170 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

185 Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Uninstalling the monitoring agent by using the wizard You can uninstall the monitoring agent by using the IBM Installation Manager wizard. Procedure 1. Open IBM Installation Manager by issuing the following command from a command line: cd installation_manager\eclipse IBMIM.exe where installation_manager is the IBM Installation Manager installation directory. The default installation directory is: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager Tip: You can open IBM Installation Manager from the Start menu. 2. Click Uninstall. 3. Select IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only, and click Next. 4. Click Uninstall and click Finish. Uninstalling the monitoring agent by using the console You can uninstall the monitoring agent by using the command line. You must run the uninstallation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line. Procedure 1. From a command line, go to the following directory: installation_manager\eclipse\tools where installation_manager is the IBM Installation Manager installation directory, for example: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager\eclipse\tools 2. Start the uninstallation process by issuing the following command: imcl.exe -c 3. Enter 5 to remoe the installed software packages. 4. Enter N to accept the IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager package group. 5. Enter 1 for IBM Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agent only, and enter N for Next. 6. Enter N for Next. 7. Enter U for Uninstall, and enter F for Finish. Uninstalling the monitoring agent by using silent mode You can uninstall the monitoring agent in silent mode. You must run the uninstallation program of IBM Installation Manager from the command line. Before you begin The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation package was extracted, contains a sample response file for uninstalling the monitoring agent. If you installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager from a DVD, you can find the input directory on the DVD. You can use the uninstall_agent_only_sample.xml file. Chapter 12. Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager 171

186 Uninstalling Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager Procedure 1. Create a response file, or use the uninstall_agent_only_sample.xml sample response file. 2. From a command line, go to the following directory: installation_manager\eclipse\tools where installation_manager is the IBM Installation Manager installation directory, for example: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager\eclipse\tools 3. Start the uninstallation process by issuing the following command, where response_file represents the response file path, including the file name: imcl.exe -input response_file -silent Use the format in the following example: imcl.exe -input C:\tmp\input\uninstall_response.xml -silent Uninstalling monitoring agents in an existing IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment You can uninstall the monitoring agents on existing IBM Tioli Monitoring serers if you no longer need them. Uninstalling monitoring agents in an IBM Tioli Monitoring enironment on Windows systems If you installed Tioli Monitoring for Tioli Storage Manager agents by using the IBM Tioli Monitoring installer, you can uninstall the agents by using a graphical user interface. Before you begin Before you uninstall the monitoring agent, ensure that the monitoring agent is stopped. Procedure To uninstall monitoring agents, complete the following steps: 1. Click Start > Control Panel > Programs and Features. 2. Select IBM Tioli Monitoring and click Uninstall. 3. In the Welcome panel, click Modify, and click Next. 4. When a message indicates that cleared items will be uninstalled, click OK. 5. In the Add or Remoe Features panel, expand the list of features. Clear all Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager check boxes. Click Next. 6. In the Start Copying Files panel, reiew the settings. Verify that the features that must remain installed are listed, and that the Monitoring Agent for Tioli Storage Manager feature is not listed. Click Next. 7. Continue to step through the wizard panels to ensure that all required features are uninstalled. 8. In the Maintenance Complete panel, click Finish. 9. Restart the system. 172 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

187 Part 3. Installing and upgrading the Operations Center The IBM Tioli Storage Manager Operations Center is the web-based interface for managing your storage enironment. Before you begin Before you install and configure the Operations Center, reiew the following information: System requirements for the Operations Center on page 175 Operations Center computer requirements on page 176 Hub and spoke serer requirements on page 176 Operating system requirements on page 180 Web browser requirements on page 180 Language requirements on page 181 Requirements and limitations for Tioli Storage Manager client management serices on page 181 Administrator IDs that the Operations Center requires on page 183 IBM Installation Manager on page 184 Installation checklist on page 184 Obtaining the Operations Center installation package on page 189 About this task Table 27 lists the methods for installing or uninstalling the Operations Center and indicates where to find the associated instructions. For information about upgrading the Operations Center, see Chapter 15, Upgrading the Operations Center, on page 193. Table 27. Methods for installing or uninstalling the Operations Center Method Instructions Graphical wizard Installing the Operations Center by using a graphical wizard on page 189 Uninstalling the Operations Center by using a graphical wizard on page 221 Console mode Installing the Operations Center in console mode on page 190 Uninstalling the Operations Center in console mode on page 221 Silent mode Installing the Operations Center in silent mode on page 190 Uninstalling the Operations Center in silent mode on page 222 Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

188 174 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

189 Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center Before you install the Operations Center, you must understand the system requirements, the administrator IDs that the Operations Center requires, and the information that you must proide to the installation program. About this task From the Operations Center, you can manage the following primary aspects of the storage enironment: Tioli Storage Manager serers and clients Serices such as backup and restore, archie and retriee, and migrate and recall Storage pools and storage deices The Operations Center includes the following features: User interface for multiple serers You can use the Operations Center to manage one or more Tioli Storage Manager serers. In an enironment with multiple Tioli Storage Manager serers, you can designate one Tioli Storage Manager serer as a hub serer and the others as spoke serers. The hub serer can receie alerts and status information from the spoke serers and present the information in a consolidated iew in the Operations Center. Alert monitoring An alert is a notification of a releant problem on the Tioli Storage Manager serer and is triggered by a Tioli Storage Manager serer message. You can define which serer messages trigger alerts, and only those messages are reported as alerts in the Operations Center or in an . This alert monitoring can help you identify and track releant problems on the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Conenient command-line interface The Operations Center includes a command-line interface for adanced features and configuration. System requirements for the Operations Center Before you install the Operations Center, ensure that your system meets the minimum requirements. Use the Operations Center System Requirements Calculator to estimate the system requirements for running the Operations Center and the hub and spoke serers that are monitored by the Operations Center. Requirements that are erified during the installation Table 28 on page 176 lists the prerequisite requirements that are erified during the installation and indicates where to find more information about these requirements. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

190 Planning to install the Operations Center Table 28. Requirements that are erified during the installation Requirement Minimum memory requirement Operating system requirement Host name for the computer where the Operations Center will be installed Requirements for the Operations Center installation directory Details Operations Center computer requirements Operating system requirements on page 180 Installation checklist on page 184 Installation checklist on page 184 Operations Center computer requirements You can install the Operations Center on the same computer as a Tioli Storage Manager serer or on a different computer. If you install the Operations Center on the same computer as a Tioli Storage Manager serer, that computer must meet the system requirements for both the Operations Center and the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Resource requirements The following resources are required to run the Operations Center: One processor core 4 GB of memory 1 GB of disk space The hub and spoke serers that are monitored by the Operations Center require additional resources, as described in Hub and spoke serer requirements. Hub and spoke serer requirements When you open the Operations Center for the first time, you must associate the Operations Center with a Tioli Storage Manager serer that is designated as the hub serer. In a multiple-serer enironment, you can connect the other serers, called spoke serers, to the hub serer. The spoke serers send alerts and status information to the hub serer. The Operations Center shows you a consolidated iew of alerts and status information for the hub serer and any spoke serers. If only one Tioli Storage Manager serer is monitored by the Operations Center, that serer is still called a hub serer, een though no spoke serers are connected to it. Table 29 on page 177 indicates the ersion of Tioli Storage Manager serer that must be installed on the hub serer and on each spoke serer that is managed by the Operations Center. 176 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

191 Planning to install the Operations Center Table 29. Tioli Storage Manager serer ersion requirements for hub and spoke serers Tioli Storage Manager on the Tioli Storage Manager on Operations Center hub serer each spoke serer V7.1.1 V7.1.1 or later V6.3.4 or later Tip: Some Operations Center function is not aailable for serers that use a ersion earlier than V7.1.1 Number of spoke serers that a hub serer can support The number of spoke serers that a hub serer can support depends on the configuration and on the ersion of Tioli Storage Manager on each spoke serer. Howeer, a general guideline is that a hub serer can support V6.3.4 spoke serers but can support more V7.1 spoke serers. Tips for designing the hub and spoke serer configuration In designing the hub and spoke configuration, especially consider the resource requirements for status monitoring. Also, consider how you want to group hub and spoke serers and whether you want to use multiple hub serers. Use the Operations Center System Requirements Calculator to estimate the system requirements for running the Operations Center and the hub and spoke serers that are monitored by the Operations Center. Primary factors that affect performance The following factors hae the most significant impact on the performance of the Operations Center: The processor and memory on the computer where the Operations Center is installed The system resources of the hub and spoke serers, including the disk system that is in use for the hub serer database The number of Tioli Storage Manager client nodes and irtual machine file spaces that are managed by the hub and spoke serers The frequency at which data is refreshed in the Operations Center For information about optimizing performance, see the information about tuning the Operations Center in Tioli Storage Manager Optimizing Performance. How to group hub and spoke serers Consider grouping hub and spoke serers by geographic location. For example, managing the serers within the same data center can help preent issues that are caused by firewalls or by inadequate network bandwidth between different locations. If necessary, you can further diide serers according to one or more of the following characteristics: The administrator who manages the serers The organizational entity that funds the serers Serer operating system The language in which the serers run Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center 177

192 Planning to install the Operations Center Tip: If the hub and spoke serers are not running in the same language, you might see corrupted text in the Operations Center. How to group hub and spoke serers in an enterprise configuration In an enterprise configuration, a network of Tioli Storage Manager serers are managed as a group. Changes that are made on the configuration manager can be distributed automatically to one or more managed serers in the network. The Operations Center normally registers and maintains a dedicated administrator ID on the hub and spoke serers. This monitoring administrator must always hae the same password on all the serers. If you use an enterprise configuration, you can improe the process by which the administrator credentials are synchronized on spoke serers. To improe the performance and efficiency of maintaining the monitoring administrator ID, complete the following steps: 1. Designate the configuration manager serer as the Operations Center hub serer. During the hub serer configuration, a monitoring administrator ID named IBM-OC-hub_serer_name is registered. 2. On the hub serer, add the monitoring administrator ID to a new or existing enterprise configuration profile. Issue the NOTIFY SUBSCRIBERS command to distribute the profile to the managed serers. 3. Add one or more of the managed serers as Operations Center spoke serers. The Operations Center detects this configuration and allows the configuration manager to distribute and update the monitoring administrator ID on the spoke serers. When to use multiple hub serers If you hae more than V6.3.4 spoke serers, or if resource limitations require the enironment to be partitioned, you can configure multiple hub serers, and connect a subset of the spoke serers to each hub serer. Restrictions: A single serer cannot be both a hub serer and a spoke serer. Each spoke serer can be assigned to only one hub serer. Each hub serer requires a separate instance of the Operations Center, each of which has a separate web address. Tips for choosing a hub serer For the hub serer, you must choose a Tioli Storage Manager serer that has adequate resources and is located for minimal roundtrip network latency. For more information about serer resource usage and about the effect of the network on performance, see the information about tuning Operations Center performance in Tioli Storage Manager Optimizing Performance. Attention: Do not use the same Tioli Storage Manager serer as the hub serer for multiple Operations Centers. Use the following guidelines in deciding which serer to designate as the hub serer: 178 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

193 Planning to install the Operations Center Choose a lightly loaded serer Consider a Tioli Storage Manager serer that has a light load for Tioli Storage Manager operations such as client backup and archie. A lightly loaded serer is also a good choice as the host system for the Operations Center. Ensure that the serer has the resources to handle both its typical Tioli Storage Manager serer workload and the estimated workload for acting as the hub serer. Locate the serer for minimal roundtrip network latency Locate the hub serer so that the network connection between the hub serer and the spoke serers has a roundtrip latency that is no greater than 5 ms. This latency can typically be achieed when the serers are on the same local area network (LAN). Networks that are poorly tuned, are heaily used by other applications, or hae roundtrip latency much higher than 5 ms can degrade communications between the hub and spoke serers. For example, roundtrip latencies of 50 ms or higher can result in communication timeouts that cause spoke serers to disconnect or reconnect to the Operations Center. Such high latencies might be experienced in long-distance, wide area network (WAN) communications. If spoke serers are a long distance from the hub serer and experience frequent disconnects in the Operations Center, you can increase the alue of the ADMINCOMMTIMEOUT option on each serer to reduce the problem. Verify that the hub serer meets the resource requirements for status monitoring Status monitoring requires extra resources on each serer on which it is enabled. The resources that are required depend primarily on the number of clients that are managed by the hub and spoke serers. Fewer resources are used on a hub serer with a V7.1 spoke serer than on a hub serer with a V6.3.4 spoke serer. Verify that the hub serer meets the resource requirements for processor usage, database space, archie log space, and I/O operations per second (IOPS) capacity. A hub serer with high IOPS capacity can handle a larger amount of incoming status data from spoke serers. Use of the following storage deices for the hub serer database can help meet this capacity: An enterprise-leel solid-state drie (SSD) An external SAN disk storage deice with multiple olumes or multiple spindles under each olume In an enironment with fewer than 1000 clients, consider establishing a baseline capacity of 1000 IOPS for the hub serer database if the hub serer manages any spoke serers. Determine whether your enironment requires multiple hub serers If more than 10,000-20,000 client nodes and irtual machine file spaces are managed by one set of hub and spoke serers, the resource requirements might exceed what the hub serer has aailable, especially if the spoke serers are Tioli Storage Manager V6.3.4 serers. Consider designating a second serer as a hub serer and moing spoke serers to the new hub serer to balance the load. Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center 179

194 Planning to install the Operations Center Operating system requirements The Operations Center is aailable for AIX, Linux, and Windows systems. You can run the Operations Center on the following systems: Windows systems: Microsoft Windows Serer 2008 R2: Standard, Enterprise, or Datacenter Edition (64-bit) Microsoft Windows Serer 2012 (64-bit) Microsoft Windows Serer 2012 R2 (64-bit) You cannot run the Operations Center on HP-UX or Oracle Solaris systems. Howeer, you can use the Operations Center to manage Tioli Storage Manager V6.3.4 or later serers that run on any supported serer operating system. The operating systems on which the serer can run are not limited to the operating systems on which the Operations Center can run. For the most up-to-date requirements information, see Tioli Storage Manager Operations Center Software and Hardware Requirements. Web browser requirements The Operations Center can run in Apple, Google, Microsoft, and Mozilla web browsers. For optimal iewing of the Operations Center in the web browser, ensure that the screen resolution for the system is set to a minimum of 1024 X 768 pixels. For optimal performance, use a web browser that has good JaaScript performance, and enable browser caching. The Operations Center can run in the following web browsers: Apple Safari on the ipad Google Chrome Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 and 11 Mozilla Firefox ESR 17 or later To run the Operations Center in compliance with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publications (SP) A recommendation, communication between the Operations Center and the web browser must be secured by using the Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.2 protocol. During installation, you specify whether SP A compliance is required and the leel of compliance. If strict SP A compliance is specified during installation, the web browser must support TLS 1.2, and TLS 1.2 must be enabled. The following web browser ersions are the earliest ersions that support TLS 1.2: Apple Safari on the ipad running ios 5 Google Chrome 30 Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 Mozilla Firefox ESR 24 Because the web browser might support multiple ersions of TLS, make sure TLS 1.2 is enabled. 180 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

195 Planning to install the Operations Center The web browser displays an SSL error if strict SP A compliance is specified during installation, and the web browser does not meet the preceding requirements. Language requirements By default, the Operations Center uses the language that the web browser uses. Howeer, the installation process uses the language that the operating system uses. Verify that the web browser and the operating system are set to the language that you require. Table 30. Operations Center language alues that you can use on Windows systems Language Chinese, Simplified Chinese, Traditional English French German Italian Japanese (Shift-JIS) Korean Portuguese, Brazilian Russian Spanish Language option alue chs cht ameng fra deu ita jpn kor ptb rus esp Requirements and limitations for Tioli Storage Manager client management serices Tioli Storage Manager client management serices is a component that you install on Tioli Storage Manager backup-archie clients to collect diagnostic information such as client log files. Before you install the client management serice on your system, you must understand the requirements and limitations. In the documentation for the client management serice, client system is the system where the backup-archie client is installed. Requirements for the client management serice Verify the following requirements before you install the client management serice: To remotely access the client, the Operations Center administrator must hae system authority or one of the following client authority leels: Policy authority Client owner authority Client node access authority Ensure that the client system meets the following requirements: The backup-archie client must be at Tioli Storage Manager Version 6 or Version 7. The client management serice can be installed only on client systems that run on Linux or Windows operating systems: Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center 181

196 Planning to install the Operations Center - Linux x86 64-bit operating systems that are supported for the backup-archie client - Windows 32-bit and 64-bit operating systems that are supported for the backup-archie client The SSL security protocol is required for transmission of data between the client management serice and Operations Center. Basic authentication is proided and data and authentication information are encrypted through the SSL channel. SSL is automatically installed along with the necessary SSL certificates when you install the client management serice. On Linux client systems, you must hae root user authority to install the client management serice. For client systems that can hae multiple client nodes, such as Linux client systems, ensure that each node name is unique on the client system. Tip: After you install the client management serice, you do not hae to install it again because the serice can discoer multiple client options files. For the most up-to-date system requirements for the client management serice, see Limitations of the client management serice The client management serice proides basic serices for collecting diagnostic information from backup-archie clients. The following limitations exist for the client management serice: You can install the client management serice only on backup-archie clients, and not on other Tioli Storage Manager client components and products. If the backup-archie clients are protected by a firewall, ensure that there is firewall connectiity between the Operations Center and the backup-archie client through the configured port for the client management serice. The default port is 9028, but it can be changed. The client management serice scans all client log files to locate entries for the preious 72-hour period. The Diagnosis page in the Operations Center proides basic troubleshooting information for backup-archie clients. Howeer, for some backup issues, you might hae to access the client system and obtain further diagnostic information. If the combined size of the client error log files and schedule log files on a client system is more than 500 MB, delays can occur in sending log records to the Operations Center. You can control the size of the log files by enabling log file pruning or wrapping by specifying the errorlogretention or errorlogmax client option. If you use the same client node name to connect to multiple Tioli Storage Manager serers that are installed on the same serer hardware, you can iew log files for only one of the client nodes. 182 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

197 Planning to install the Operations Center Administrator IDs that the Operations Center requires An administrator must hae a alid ID and password on the hub serer to log in to the Operations Center. An administrator ID is also assigned to the Operations Center so that the Operations Center can monitor serers. The Operations Center requires the following Tioli Storage Manager administrator IDs: Administrator IDs that are registered on the hub serer Any administrator ID that is registered on the hub serer can be used to log in to the Operations Center. The authority leel of the ID determines which tasks can be completed. You can create new administrator IDs by using the REGISTER ADMIN command. Restriction: To use an administrator ID in a multiple-serer configuration, the ID must be registered on the hub and spoke serers with the same password and authority leel. To manage authentication for these serers, consider using one of the following methods: A Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) serer The Tioli Storage Manager enterprise configuration functions to automatically distribute changes to the administrator definitions. For more information about the enterprise configuration functions, see the information about managing a network of Tioli Storage Manager serers in the Administrator's Guide. Monitoring administrator ID When you initially configure the hub serer, an administrator ID named IBM-OC-serer_name is registered with system authority on the hub serer and is associated with the initial password that you specify. This ID, which is sometimes called the monitoring administrator, is intended for use only by the Operations Center. Do not delete, lock, or modify this ID. The same administrator ID with the same password is registered on the spoke serers that you add. The password is automatically changed on the hub and spoke serers eery 90 days. You do not need to use or manage this password. Restriction: The Operations Center maintains the monitoring administrator ID and password on spoke serers unless you use an enterprise configuration to manage these credentials. For more information about using an enterprise configuration to manage the credentials, see Tips for designing the hub and spoke serer configuration on page 177. Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center 183

198 Planning to install the Operations Center IBM Installation Manager Installation checklist The Operations Center uses IBM Installation Manager, which is an installation program that can use remote or local software repositories to install or update many IBM products. If the required ersion of IBM Installation Manager is not already installed, it is automatically installed or upgraded when you install the Operations Center. It must remain installed on the system so that the Operations Center can be updated or uninstalled later as needed. The following list contains explanations of some terms that are used in IBM Installation Manager: Offering An installable unit of a software product. The Operations Center offering contains all of the media that IBM Installation Manager requires to install the Operations Center. Package The group of software components that are required to install an offering. The Operations Center package contains the following components: IBM Installation Manager installation program Operations Center offering Package group A set of packages that share a common parent directory. The default package group for the Operations Center package is IBM Tioli Storage Manager. Repository A remote or local storage area for data and other application resources. The Operations Center package is stored in a repository on IBM Fix Central. Shared resources directory A directory that contains software files or plug-ins that are shared by packages. IBM Installation Manager stores installation-related files in the shared resources directory, including files that are used for rolling back to a preious ersion of the Operations Center. Before you install the Operations Center, you must erify certain information, such as the installation credentials, and you must determine the input to proide to IBM Installation Manager for the installation. The following checklist highlights the information that you must erify or determine before you install the Operations Center, and Table 31 on page 185 describes the details of this information: Verify the host name for the computer where the Operations Center will be installed. Verify the installation credentials. 184 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

199 Planning to install the Operations Center Determine the Operations Center installation directory, if you do not want to accept the default path. Determine the IBM Installation Manager installation directory, if you do not want to accept the default path. Determine the port number to be used by the Operations Center web serer, if you do not want to accept the default port number. Determine the password for secure communications. Determine whether secure communications must comply with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publications (SP) A recommendation. Table 31. Information to erify or determine before you install the Operations Center Information Details Host name for the computer where the Operations Center will be installed Installation credentials Operations Center installation directory The host name must meet the following criteria: It must not contain double-byte character set (DBCS) characters or the underscore character (_). Although the host name can contain the hyphen character (-), it cannot hae a hyphen as the last character in the name. To install the Operations Center, you must use the following user account: Administrator The Operations Center is installed in the ui subdirectory of the installation directory. The following path is the default path for the Operations Center installation directory: c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM For example, if you use this default path, the Operations Center is installed in the following directory: c:\program Files\Tioli\TSM\ui The installation directory path must meet the following criteria: The path must contain no more than 128 characters. The path must include only ASCII characters. The path cannot include non-displayable control characters. The path cannot include any of the following characters: %<> "$&;* IBM Installation Manager installation directory Port number that is used by the Operations Center web serer The following path is the default path for the IBM Installation Manager installation directory: C:\Program Files\IBM\Installation Manager The alue for the secure (https) port number must meet the following criteria: The number must be an integer in the range The number cannot be in use or allocated to other programs. If you do not specify a port number, the default alue is Tip: If you later do not remember the port number that you specified, refer to the following file, where installation_dir represents the directory where the Operations Center is installed: installation_dir\ui\liberty\usr\serers\guiserer\bootstrap.properties The bootstrap.properties file contains the Tioli Storage Manager serer connection information. Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center 185

200 Planning to install the Operations Center Table 31. Information to erify or determine before you install the Operations Center (continued) Information Details Password for secure communications The Operations Center uses Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) to communicate with web browsers. You can optionally use the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol to secure communications between the Operations Center and the hub serer, and between Tioli Storage Manager serers. The truststore file of the Operations Center contains the SSL certificate that the Operations Center uses for HTTPS communication with web browsers. During installation of the Operations Center, you create a password for the truststore file. Tip: If you later choose to set up SSL communication between the Operations Center and the hub serer, you must use the same password to add the SSL certificate of the hub serer to the truststore file. The password for the truststore file must meet the following criteria: The password must contain a minimum of 6 characters and a maximum of 64 characters. The password must contain at least the following characters: One uppercase letter (A Z) One lowercase letter (a z) One digit (0 9) Two of the following non-alphanumeric characters: ~!@#$%^&*_-+=` (){}[]:;<>,.?/ 186 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

201 Planning to install the Operations Center Table 31. Information to erify or determine before you install the Operations Center (continued) Information Details NIST SP A compliance mode When you install the Operations Center, you can specify whether NIST SP A compliance is required, and the leel of compliance. Before you install the Operations Center, determine if you want strict SP A compliance, transitional SP A compliance, or if you do not need to comply with the recommendation. If you enable SP A compliance, stronger cryptographic keys and algorithms are used for HTTPS communication between the Operations Center and the web browsers. There are two compliance modes: transition and strict. Both modes enable the web serer to secure HTTPS communication by using the Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.2 protocol. In transition mode, howeer, TLS 1.0 or TLS 1.1 are allowed if the web browser is not enabled for TLS 1.2. In strict mode, full SP A compliance is enforced, and the web browser must hae TLS 1.2 enabled to run the Operations Center. If you do not enable SP A compliance, HTTPS communication is secured by less-complex cryptography. Howeer, processor usage and network latency might be reduced. Requirement: If you specify strict SP A compliance, the web browser must support TLS 1.2, and TLS 1.2 must be enabled. Restrictions: You cannot change the SP A compliance mode after installation. To change this setting you must uninstall and reinstall the Operations Center. This installation option is aailable only when you use the Install function of the IBM Installation Manager. This option is not aailable when you use the Update function. If you hae an earlier ersion of the Operations Center installed and you want to enable SP A compliance, you must uninstall and reinstall the Operations Center. Remember: The SP A compliance option applies only to the Operations Center communication with web browsers. To fully enable SP A compliance, you must configure Tioli Storage Manager components in your enironment indiidually. To secure communications between the Operations Center and the hub serer, you can add the SSL certificate of the hub serer to the truststore file of the Operations Center. For SP A compliance, the cert256.arm certificate must be the default certificate on the hub serer, you must copy this certificate to the truststore file of the Operations Center. Related tasks: Configuring for SSL communication on page 200 Resetting the password for the Operations Center truststore file on page 205 Chapter 13. Planning to install the Operations Center 187

202 Planning to install the Operations Center 188 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

203 Chapter 14. Installing the Operations Center You can install the Operations Center by using any of the following methods: a graphical wizard, the command line in console mode, or silent mode. Before you begin You cannot configure the Operations Center until you install, configure, and start the Tioli Storage Manager serer. Therefore, before you install the Operations Center, install the appropriate Tioli Storage Manager serer package, according to the serer ersion requirements in Hub and spoke serer requirements on page 176. You can install the Operations Center on a computer with the Tioli Storage Manager serer or on a separate computer. Obtaining the Operations Center installation package You can obtain the installation package from the product DVD or from an IBM download site such as IBM Passport Adantage or IBM Fix Central. About this task If you obtain the package from the product DVD, ensure that the installation files are isible on the DVD drie. If you obtain the package from an IBM download site, you must extract the installation files. Procedure Use the following procedure to extract the Operations Center installation files: On Windows systems: 1. Download the following package file to the directory of your choice: TIV-TSMOC-Windows.exe 2. In Windows Explorer, double-click the file name to extract the installation files. The self-extracting package file is extracted to the directory. Installing the Operations Center by using a graphical wizard You can install or update the Operations Center by using the graphical wizard of IBM Installation Manager. Procedure 1. From the directory where the Operations Center installation package file is extracted, issue the following command: install.bat 2. Follow the wizard instructions to install the IBM Installation Manager and Operations Center packages. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

204 Installing the Operations Center What to do next See Configuring the Operations Center on page 195. Installing the Operations Center in console mode You can install or update the Operations Center by using the command line in console mode. Procedure 1. From the directory where the installation package file is extracted, run the following program: install.bat -c 2. Follow the console instructions to install the Installation Manager and Operations Center packages. What to do next See Configuring the Operations Center on page 195. Installing the Operations Center in silent mode You can install or update the Operations Center in silent mode. In silent mode, the installation does not send messages to a console but instead stores messages and errors in log files. A silent installation can use response files for data input. Before you begin The input directory, which is in the directory where the installation package is extracted, contains the following sample response files for installing, updating, and uninstalling the Operations Center: install_response_sample.xml update_response_sample.xml uninstall_response_sample.xml You can use these sample files as they are, with the default alues, or you can customize them. Procedure 1. Create a response file, or use one of the following default response files: install_response_sample.xml update_response_sample.xml If you use a default response file, update the following line of the file to create a password for the truststore file of the Operations Center, where mypassword represents the password: <data key= user.ssl_password alue= mypassword /> For more information about this password, see Installation checklist. To generate a response file as part of a console-mode installation, complete the selection of the console-mode installation options. Then, in the Summary panel, enter G to generate the response file according to the preiously selected options. 190 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

205 Installing the Operations Center 2. From the directory where the installation package file is extracted, issue the following command, where response_file represents the response file path, including the file name: install.bat -s -input response_file -acceptlicense What to do next See Configuring the Operations Center on page 195. Chapter 14. Installing the Operations Center 191

206 192 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

207 Chapter 15. Upgrading the Operations Center You can upgrade the Operations Center by using any of the following methods: a graphical wizard, the command line in console mode, or silent mode. Before you begin Before you upgrade the Operations Center, reiew the system requirements and the installation checklist. The new ersion of the Operations Center might hae more or different requirements and considerations than the ersion you are currently using. Restriction: During installation of the Operations Center, you can specify whether NIST SP A compliance is required. This installation option is not aailable during a regular upgrade. If you want to use the TLS 1.2 protocol to secure communication between the Operations Center and web browsers, you must uninstall and then reinstall the Operations Center. About this task The instructions for upgrading the Operations Center are the same as the instructions for installing the Operations Center, with the following exceptions: You use the Update function of IBM Installation Manager rather than the Install function. Tip: In IBM Installation Manager, the term update means to discoer and install updates and fixes to installed software packages. In this context, update and upgrade are synonymous. If you are upgrading the Operations Center in silent mode, you can skip the step of creating a password for the truststore file. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,

208 Upgrading the Operations Center 194 IBM Tioli Storage Manager for Windows: Installation Guide

209 Chapter 16. Getting started with the Operations Center Before you can use the Operations Center to manage your storage enironment, you must configure it. About this task After you install the Operations Center, complete the following basic configuration steps: 1. Designate the hub serer. 2. Add any spoke serers. 3. Optionally, configure alerts on the hub and spoke serers. Figure 4 illustrates an Operations Center configuration. Spoke serer Hub serer Spoke serer Operations Center (on hub serer computer or separate computer) Spoke serer Spoke serer Figure 4. Example of an Operations Center configuration with the hub and spoke serers Configuring the Operations Center When you open the Operations Center for the first time, you must configure it to manage your storage enironment. You must associate the Operations Center with a Tioli Storage Manager serer that is designated as the hub serer. You can then connect additional Tioli Storage Manager serers as spoke serers. Copyright IBM Corp. 1993,